ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM 

9exl0hl96mm41.jpgETCBMoGUUAIXnb9.jpgETDZzLlUYAAzUnH.jpg1584271692420.png

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV) 

Sig.jpg

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

Disney+Groom.png

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

DUp0h6lVoAAcRGg.jpg

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

do2vvqnvwaalgyi

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

89984e89b706be270f34684fdded5849

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

 

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

castaway-tom-hanks-wilson-caio-caldas.jpg5815763393207d6c8e9e955b41bb0ff2.jpgru0ywt0p47d1.jpgET8vWOyU4AUkFP1.jpegES9HRSUU0AAwkEo.jpegil_794xN.1896880687_nstr.jpg

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

 

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

0_ADRENOCHROME_027.png

Screenshot_2019-02-17-18-51-28Screenshot_2019-02-17-18-51-16ADRENOCHROME-SOUL SCALPINGadrenochrome_solution__i2006e1242_disphqdefaultD_AW9YrW4AAUjlIimages

 

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S… 

IMG_20180626_040800_560addtext_01-21-08.45.16-3

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse
of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron
and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at
the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation
involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their
testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.
Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter.
The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

LEVELS OF ‘MK ULTRA MINDCONTROL PROGRAMMING

LEVELS OF ‘MK ULTRA MINDCONTROL PROGRAMMING: 


AddText_05-22-10.53.32.PNG

A = ALPHA-PROGRAMMING

B = BETA-PROGRAMMING

Γ = GAMMA-PROGRAMMING

Δ = DELTA-PROGRAMMING

Θ = THETA-PROGRAMMING

Ω = OMEGA-PROGRAMMING


img(7)

Disney+Groom.png

______________________________

LEVELS OF MK ULTRA’S—MONARCH PROGRAMMING (TRAUMA BASED MIND CONTROL)
______________________________

coollogo_com-21124878

A — ALPHA-PROGRAMMING = Regarded as “general” or regular programming within the base control personality; characterized by extremely pronounced memory retention, along with substantially increased physical strength and visual acuity. Alpha programming is accomplished through deliberately subdividing the victims personality which, in essence, causes a left brain-right brain division, allowing for a programmed union of L and R through neuron pathway stimulation.


coollogo_com-16387856

B — BETA-PROGRAMMING = Referred to as “sexual” programming. This programming eliminates all learned moral convictions and stimulates the primitive sexual instinct, devoid of inhibitions. “Cat” alters may come out at this level. 

img(115)


coollogo_com-28435471

Δ — DELTA-PROGRAMMING = This is known as “killer” programming, originally developed for training special agents or elite soldiers (i.e. Delta Force, First Earth Battalion, Mossad, etc.) in covert operations. Optimal adrenal output and controlled aggression is evident. Subjects are devoid of fear; very systematic in carrying out their assignment. Self-destruct or suicide instructions are layered in at this level.


coollogo_com-2629725

Θ — THETA-PROGRAMMING = Considered to the “psychic” programming. Bloodlines (those coming from multi-generational Satanic families) were determined to exhibit a greater propensity for having telepathic abilities than did non-bloodlines. Due to its evident limitations, however, various forms of electronic mind control systems were developed and introduced, namely, bio-medical human telemetry devices (brain implants), directed-energy lasers using microwaves and/or electromagnetics. It is reported these are used in conjunction with highly-advanced computers and sophisticated satellite tracking systems.


coollogo_com-21781108

Ω — OMEGA-PROGRAMMING = A “self-destruct” form of programming, also known as “Code Green”. The corresponding behaviors include suicidal tendencies and/or self-mutilation. This program is generally activated when the victim/survivor begins therapy or interrogation and too much memory is being recovered. 


coollogo_com-20282457

Γ — GAMMA-PROGRAMMING = Another form of system protection is through “deception” programming, which elicits misinformation and misdirection. This level is intertwined with demonology and tends to regenerate itself at a later time if inappropriately deactivated. 

______________________________

tumblr_o84cjxHB7b1ti036zo1_400

AddText_11-20-06.06.022018-11-15-10-11-42AddText_11-20-06.09.01

HERE ARE SOME INTERESTING FACTS THAT YOU MAY NOT KNOW ABOUT CIA’S MINDCONTROL PROJECTS & TECHNIQUES:


37e39e4021027ef99dfbec8eb0507543

1. CIA has perfect ‘truth serum’ that can question anyone at anytime within couple hour period. This substance is cheap , therefore it can be used with ease anywhere. Questioning happens during the night and people do not remember anything when they wake up aside from being tired and having a headache (if they were interrogated long enough, that is).


2. This ‘brainwashing’ is NOT solely confined to CIA, army intelligence, government, but also OTHER world governments like China, Russia, UK, France, Germany, Italy and etc. .. and even small Europe countries that may have population of 5mill ppl do and know about it. Also individual companies from Fortune 100 that may or may not relate to US military and DoD are there as well. Give regards to Lockheed Martin company.

AddText_11-01-01.35.52.PNGimg(19).jpgimg(25).jpgIMG_20180713_194215_929.jpgMK ULTRA MINDCONTROLMINDCONTROL- (3)MINDCONTROL- (1)MINDCONTROL- (2)image001100coollogo_com-28975518cia-mind-control-696x36657e7a97546e26b2f910f02007816dfda1451314227.jpgdisney_0031784945929.png


3. Part of the project that is going on now is actually investigation of genius minds. With that they want to see what they do to do such things on superhuman level. They install chips and chemicals into the body and when they feel like a person is performing some cognitive task, release chemicals into the bloodstream that travels to brain and gives a burning feeling inside specific areas of brain. Naturally, this is done w/out ppl consent and generates strong pains. This is done along with some research facilities. 

brainwash


4. Another part of the project is ‘forced thinking at night’. They take a human being and can try to force to think at night. Naturally, inducing migraines when a person wakes up. A person can not move after such things since blood pressure is off the roof and any move made by person is met with massive headaches. Right now they are working with heart implants right now to increase/decrease pumping blood accordingly.


5. Yes, they can control a person at night doing any kind of activities from slave sex to murdering and in the morning a person would not remember anything aside from feeling bodily effects.


6. And yes, they can wire you in a way such that u can ‘receive’ the images of other person directly to your brain, you can have telepathic communications with other machines/individuals, they can ‘watch’ though your eyes and they can see what you are thinking aside from the fact that they can manipulate your thinking and personalities (if they make splits).


 

_Tags:_
#EXPOSING #MKUltra #brainwash #trauma #CIA #MKUltraMindControl #HumanTrafficking #MkUltraMindcontrol #MindControl #brainwash #SaveTheChildren #illuminati #nwo #NewWorldOrder #ChildSexTrafficking #slaves #ChildAbuse #torture #evil #SaveTheChildren #MkUltra #programming #brainwaves #BrainWaves #HypnoTheraphy
#AlphaProgramming #BetaProgramming #TethaProgramming #DeltaProgramming #OmegaProgramming #programming #slavery #DeleteTheElite #MonarchProgramming #TraumaBasedMindControl
#EXPOSED

NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) Part 1-2-3 by Steven J. Smith

NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) Part 1-2-3

by Steven J. Smith


WARNING! This essay is NOT intended for underage readers. Portions of this document contain graphic descriptions of violence/torture, and include other subject material inappropriate for those who possess a weak constitution and/or squeamish disposition.


nsa_national_spying_agency_square_sticker-r253bfd2904bf446580fd12eb8977e49b_0ugmc_8byvr_400

NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) Part 1—CITADEL OF EVIL

________________________________________________________________________
1.0

INTRODUCTION:

The NSA (national security agency) was created in 1952, is headquartered at Fort Meade Maryland, and administered by the United States Department of Defense (DoD). Government generated disinformation portrays the NSA as strictly involved in the collection and analysis of foreign communications. In other words, electronic surveillance of foreign countries. Although specifically bared from domestic surveillance of American citizens by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) of 1978, the NSA has recently admitted to limited spying on American citizens. If this were the limit of NSA transgressions, the essay you’re about to read would not be necessary. Sadly, the NSA is engaged in illegal activities that make electronic eavesdropping on American citizens seem almost trivial by comparison.

Over the years, there have been a number of newspaper articles and other media reports, claiming American intelligence agencies have tried to use individuals with psychic abilities to spy on other nations. The most widely publicized being project Stargate. In every instance, the intelligence agencies have claimed these efforts were a failure and terminated the project.

But consider for a moment…

How often does the CIA, NSA, or DIA openly admit to failure? Especially in connection to some new espionage technique. What better way to deflect public scrutiny away form some topic (or secret project), than to announce that after spending millions of dollars, no useful results were obtained. The American government has a long history of using such misdirection ploys to hide its covert activities. In point of fact, the American government has a very successful psychic espionage/warfare program. It was initiated shortly after WWII, has been operational since the early 1950s, and is administered by the NSA. The primary motivation for keeping this program so highly classified (secret), concerns the appalling nature of how these psychics are created, trained, and deployed.

The NSA is involved in some of the most heinous crimes and vicious acts of barbarism ever perpetrated on humanity. Even the monstrous autocracies committed by WWII Nazi war criminals pale in comparison to the crimes of the NSA. This document concerns it self with nothing less than the wholesale medical experimentation, torture and outright murder of American children, some less than six years old. The rationale behind these despicable acts? To create a secret slave army of government controlled super psychics, which at present, number in the tens of thousands. The solders (both men and women) of this vast psychic army live and die at the whims of DNI (director of national intelligence) and NCA (national command authority). It’s Ironic that the Nazi biologists and doctors involved in human experimentation, relocated to America in the aftermath of WWII (under Operation Paperclip), were the precursors responsible for this foul excursion into the darkest corners of evil and depravity.

________________________________________________________________________
1.1

NATIONAL SECURITY:

Why is the NSA engaged in such loathsome behavior? Is the NSA protecting you and your loved ones from terrorists? In a word, No… Is the NSA defending truth, justice, and the American way? Sorry, wrong again.

In order to understand why, you must first understand what the term “national security” really means. Many assume it means protecting the people and property belonging to the citizens of our beloved country. Alas, nothing could be farther from the truth. In legal terms, the word “national” (derived from the root word “nation”), and the word “country” are NOT interchangeable. A country is a geographical area having well defined boundaries. A nation is a political entity asserting ultimate authority over that geographical area. So when a government official uses the term “national security”, what he/she really means is the security of the entity that asserts authority over the geographic area we know as the USA.
In other words, the term “national security” means the security of the government, not the security of the people. And the National Security Agency (NSA) is that part of the government tasked with keeping the government safe and secure.

But safe and secure from who?

Obviously, the people living within the geographical boundaries over which the government asserts its ultimate authority.
In other words, you & me…

The rest of this essay outlines in graphic detail how the NSA accomplishes its government mandated mission.

________________________________________________________________________
1.1.1

PSYCHIC ABILITIES:

From Cassandra of Troy, and the Pythia (prophet) of Delphi in ancient times, to the writings of Nostradamus and the more contemporary works of Edger Cayce. Psychics and their abilities form a common thread, starting at the very foundations of history, and continuing to the present. Furthermore, psychic individuals are found in all cultural groups. From Africa to Scandinavia, from China to the American Indians. It seems no group or culture is without examples of people who manifest psychic abilities. Yet despite all of the historical evidence, and obvious impact on the events surrounding their lives, psychics and their abilities remain at best an elusive mirage, possessing an almost chimerical quality.

Clearly, from the perspective of evolution, psychic ability would seem to be a very pro-survival trait. For example, knowing there’s a man eating tiger waiting in ambush, when traversing grass lands of the Serengeti, or knowing where to find buffalo on the vast American plains, will definitely improve an individuals chance for survival. So why are there so few examples of truly gifted psychics? The answer involves the love/hate relationship implicit in psychic abilities. Would you really want to work with someone who knew your innermost secrets? Do you want a neighbor who could see exactly what you’re doing in your bedroom, or in your bathroom, or even in your dreams? How would you feel about somebody who could influence what you’re thinking without saying a word, or even being in the same room with you. Would you feel safe around that individual?

But it gets worse.

What chance do you have for job promotion, when your psychic co-worker can covertly influence the boss, or see into the future and knows just what moves the company should make to thrive and prosper? And what if that psychic individual could manifest some of the more exotic abilities? Abilities such as telekinesis (moving objects with the mind), pyrokinesis (ability to manipulate fire), or even manifesting a double (bilocation) of him/her self (or worse, your wife/husband).
If you’re anything near normal, then about now the hairs on the back of your neck are starting to tingle. You’re also beginning to wonder if its such a good idea to let that person live, let alone roam free your neighborhood. In religious terms, everybody wants Jesus to manifest miracles and save them from evil, but if the gentleman from Nazareth were to show up tomorrow, odds are real good he’d be nailed to another cross (or shot in the head, etc.) within a few weeks. Looked at another way, a certain amount of psychic ability (such as normal intuition) is accepted by society. But anyone displaying exceptional abilities will be quickly ostracized, if not outright murdered. An in-depth review of the historical record shows that many of those who possessed exceptional psychic abilities, met with an untimely and/or unnatural death.

Perhaps you begin to appreciate the dilemma American government officials faced, when shortly after WWII it became apparent, that by employing modern medical techniques it was now possible to routinely create individuals with prodigious psychic powers and abilities. Obviously these individuals would be useful. But how would the government control them?

________________________________________________________________________
1.1.2

A PRISON FOR THE MIND:

How do you control a person who is able to walk through solid walls, or kill with a single glance? A person who can see the future, and knows what you’re about to say or do.
A person who can make you eat broken glass and enjoy the experience, or make you point a gun at your own head and pull the trigger. A person who can influence the weather, start fires by mere thought (pyrokinesis), or blackout an entire city by touching an ordinary power pole (electrokinesis).
There can be little doubt that from a political, military or espionage perspective, such a person is both incredibly valuable AND unbelievably dangerous. Can you imagine an American general, his mouth watering at the prospect of commanding an army of psychic killers, AND his knees shaking when he considers what would happen if that army ever rebelled? Or a high ranking intelligence official, a gleam in his eye as he contemplates knowing his enemies deepest secrets, AND his palms sweating when he considers that a telepathic spy can send thoughts, just as easily as he or she receives them.

To what lengths would a military general or government official go, in order to guarantee absolute control over a psychic solder, assassin, or spy? And more importantly, how will that absolute control be achieved?

The answer is both very simple and chillingly gruesome.

You turn the mind of the psychic into a prison, and you make him/her both the prison guard, and the prisoner. The first step is accomplished through the use of extreme physical and psychological torture. This causes massive dissociation, thereby splitting the mind into multiple personas (personalities). Psychoactive drugs are also administered during this step to heighten mental impact of the pain, thereby accelerating the process of mental splitting. Next you train different personas to perform different tasks. Then, you use ECT electro-convulsive-therapy (also known as electroshock treatment) to “lock in” the personas, and destroy any trace of recollection in the dominate personality of the now split off personas. Finally, you do all of this to the psychic while he or she is still a child (under the age of 10). At this point, you have created the perfect psychic warrior. Capable of committing any act, no matter how vile or self destructive, all under the absolute control of his or her handlers. However, the physical injury, emotional scars, mental confusion, and spiritual rape inflicted upon the hapless psychic child by this inhuman brutality, will last a lifetime…

If you feel revulsion at what I’ve just described, you’re far from alone.

The next question that must be answered is where do you find individuals with the prerequisite expertise to perform such a detailed and thorough job of shattering, and rebuilding a human mind? The obvious answer is the government intelligence agencies. These organizations employ some of the best psychiatrists, psychologists and behavioral scientists to be found anywhere in the world. They’re also consummate experts at interrogation and psychological warfare techniques. Precisely the skill set required for building a psychic version of the Manchurian candidate. But of course, mercilessly torturing innocent children goes well beyond the constitutional boundaries of acceptable government behavior, not to mention violating local, state, federal, and international law. The solution? Use a secret presidential executive order (memorandum) to create a new intelligence agency that operates outside statutory law, congressional oversight, or constitutional limits. In this way, the NSA was created by president Harry S. Truman in June of 1952, and for the first few years of its existence, remained so secret that even its name was classified. A very odd beginning for an agency supposedly tasked with the mundane job of intercepting foreign communications, but the perfect disguise for a collection of amoral medical professionals and sadistic military thugs intent on turning innocent children into psychic robots to serve the malevolent interests of a government run amok
(Click Here to view Wikipedia article on Dissociate Identity Disorder (aka multiple personality disorder) (opens in a new browser window).
For those who wish a more detailed description of the process used in creating psychic slaves, see: National Security Agency – Part 2, A prison for the mind.

________________________________________________________________________
1.1.3

THE RISE OF PSYCHOTRONICS:

Definition – Psychotronics: The study of the interaction between matter, energy and the mind, especially the supposed relationship in Para-psychological effects.

Even with the brainwashing techniques described above (1.1.2), deploying and controlling thousands of psychic slaves is still a rather daunting task. The problem breaks down into three major areas of concern.
Security. There is always the possibility that a psychic might get caught. Or worse, might go rogue and escape his/her handlers.
Targeting. Somehow the psychic must be introduced to, or made aware of and familiar with, his/her intended target. A dificult task if the target is a foreign head of state or high ranking military officer.

Psychic strength or ability. Despite the use of intrauterine and neonatal hormone treatments (3.2.2), genetic variability still plays a large role in eventual psychic ability exhibited by the child. While certain psychoactive drugs could be used to boost psychic abilities, these also exacerbate problems 1 & 2 (above).

By the late 1950s (6-8 years into the secret NSA program), these three problem areas were starting to limit further expansion of what was otherwise proving to be, a very valuable adjunct to the more conventional techniques of political propaganda (population control), espionage, and assassination.

A solution was sought, and eventually found. By using a combination of microwave radiation, modulated with EEG (Electroencephalogram) brain waves of the psychic, and aimed at the desired individual/location, it was no longer necessary for the assassin/spy/agent provocateur to be anywhere near his/her intended target. Furthermore, the telecommunications industry could be covertly enlisted to transport the modulated microwave signal to any remote location desired.

What a delicious irony!

The NSA, an agency ostensibly tasked with intercepting foreign communications, is in fact, using the world wide telecommunications network to piggyback the brain waves of its psychic army…

Where first generation NSA psychics had to be deployed in the field. Now they could be safely cloistered in purpose built facilities, with targeting accomplished by simply entering the latitude and longitude coordinates into a local console tied to the psychotronics network. Furthermore, even psychics with weaker innate abilities could be used since the psychotronics network would amplify or boost their EEG brain waves to any desired level. Psychotronics also allowed psychoactive drugs to be administered via IV (intravenous) drip. This has several very beneficial advantages. First it allows psychic ability to be “fine tuned” to the mission profile. Second, the use of psychoactive drugs to boost abilities means that weaker psychics can be employed, thereby lowering the risk, should a psychic turn against his/her handlers. Lastly, a (weaker) psychic that does manage to escape his or her handlers will be far less dangerous to apprehend (once the psychoactive drugs wear off). In summary, the use of psychotronics solved all three problem areas listed above, and facilitated continued expansion of the psychic warfare program.

Another interesting aspect of Psychotronics concerns what can be influenced through a Psychotronics channel. At the present state of technology, only living things (plants, animals, humans, etc.) can be influenced through a Psychotronics channel. Influencing inanimate matter (telekinesis, pyrokinesis, electrokinesis, etc.) still requires the psychic to be located within a few miles of the intended target.

As a side note, Harold Puthoff (National Security Agency 1960-1963), was one of the more notable contributors to the field of psychotronics, see Puthoff H & Targ R, “A perceptual channel for information transfer over kilometer distances: Historical perspective and recent research”, Proceedings of the IEEE, Vol 64, No 3, pp 329-354, March 1976. However, it is the authors opinion that some of this IEEE paper and his 1970s SRI research were disinformation intended to draw attention away from his earlier work at the NSA.
(For more information on the specific application and targeting of modulated microwaves to influence mental processes, see authors companion paper Remote Mind Control).

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.1

THE BLACK HOLE:

Its official name is classified, but those who work (and live) there simply call it “The Black Hole”. Located within the sprawling 100 square mile confines of Marine Base Quantico, The Black Hole complex consists of a multi-story black glass building (reminiscent of NSA head quarters building at Fort Mead, MD.), several separate underground dormitories, capable of accommodating several thousand psychics (plus their chaperones), and a number of above ground support structures, including barracks for a Marine security contingent, several dormitories for psychic handlers, a multi-bed infirmary, and most surprisingly, an onsite crematorium. The last is necessary because even with the extreme security measures taken to ensure absolute control over the psychics, there are still a significant number of, shall we call them “accidents” (1.1.2). It seems The Black Hole is deserving of its name, since many who go in, never come out…

The black glass building roof has a multitude of large satellite dishes and oversized cooling units (psychotronics consumes lots of bandwidth and generates a large amount of heat, see section 1.1.3). Inside the building, the above ground floors include office space for clerical employees, psychic handlers, and managerial personnel. The floors are covered in ceramic tile rather than carpet, since its less trouble to clean after a psychic “accident”. The multiple underground floors house the psychotronics (computers & electronics) equipment and ops rooms. There are underground hallways that connect the ops areas to the separate psychic dormitories.

The psychic dormitories include a central kitchen with walk-in freezers, coolers, and dry goods storage area, all connected to the surface by freight elevators that also serve as the access points for marine security teams when there’s an “incident” in one of the dormitories. There is no dining room, the psychics are confined to their individual quarters, except when they’re involved in a mission. Below the kitchen are several levels of psychic dormitories, stacked one on top of another, all tied together with elevators that require a magnetic stripe card and access code to operate. No elevator traverses more than one level. Each dormitory level consists of a long central hallway, with branch corridors leading to the dormitory units. Each dormitory unit consists of several floors of quarters with a live in “chaperone” on each floor. There are security control doors on each psychic living quarters, and on the corridor leading to the main hallway. Each of these doors requires a magnetic stripe card and access code to operate. Each live in chaperone quarters has a small panel with door status indicator lights, and emergency call button to summon an armed Marine security team in case of an “accident”. If a Marine security team is summoned, they will shoot to kill, any psychic found out of their quarters, any chaperone who is acting strangely, and even other security team members who start acting strange, or fail to follow orders, or who fail to precisely follow the predetermined procedures. Security within the psychic dormitories is a VERY serious matter…

Each psychic quarters consists of a living room, bed room, bath room with shower, and a kitchenette. The living room has an access controlled TV. The TV is not used for entertainment. Rather it is used to condition the psychic with visual media, expressly selected for his or her specialty. For instance a psychic specializing in influencing Russian emigrants or embassy personnel will only watch shows in Russian language. Conversely, a psychic assassin will be shown movies involving murder. And a psychic who specializes in inducing their victims to commit acts of pedophilia, will be shown pornographic movies involving underage children. There is no behavior so vile, no crime so heinous, no deed so monstrous, that the NSA doesn’t already have a psychic warrior trained, and ready to induce some victim into performing the act.

Some psychics are so dangerous that an entire dormitory unit is used to house a single individual.

Along with The Black Hole, there is another major contingent of psychics housed in underground dormitories at NSA headquarters in Fort Meade Maryland. There are also smaller facilities (6 to 12 psychics) located on the outskirts of ALL major American cities, important military bases, and many political hot spots (northern Idaho for example). These smaller facilities are primarily used when a quick response is needed, and as a general rule, house less dangerous psychics (mind readers, thought/emotion changers, dream hijackers, etc.). Many of the smaller facilities use a common building plan, consisting of a 2 or 3 story building masquerading as a commercial business. The first floor is all office space, and acts as a ruse to hide the activities taking place on the second and third floors. The three story version (12 psychics) will have a kitchen, multiple ops rooms, and dining/recreation area on the second floor. The third floor consists of individual living quarters for the psychics and chaperones. The two story version (6 psychics) combines the living quarters, ops rooms, kitchen, dining/recreation area into a single upper floor. All smaller facilities have 2 or 3 oversized satellite dishes on the roof, generally mounted in such a way as to hide them from ground level observation. The dishes are aimed south at the geo-synchronous satellite belt, and serve as the Psychotronics link.

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.2

DRAMATIS PERSONAE:

Its time to meet the people who make up a typical American psychic ops team.

The Psychic: This individual is at the core of the team. Every one else on the team is there to support the psychic. Some teams include more than one psychic. For instance, a psychic that is skilled at causing pain but unable to read minds, might be teamed up with another psychic who is skilled at reading minds but unable to do anything else. Another useful team consists of one psychic who is able to kill a target, and one (or more) psychic(s ) with defensive skills (able to shield the attacker from pain). These teams are used to attack targets that are protected by other psychics.

The Mission Coordinator: Always male, and sometimes referred to as “The Suit” because of his clothing. This person is the team leader. He’s receives mission orders from his superiors, organizes the mission, and selects the appropriate psychic(s) to carry out the operation. He also does the post mission paperwork, and reports mission results back to his superiors. Like the psychics, the suit has also undergone trauma based programming (3.2.1a). He carries a concealed hand gun (with silencer), and is programmed (hard wired) to kill the psychic and then himself, if he feels any intrusion into his mind. For security reasons, psychics are trained never to look at the face of the suit.

The Biomedical Technician: Also known as the “Bio Tech”. This team member sits next to, and monitors the psychic warrior. The bio tech also administers the psychoactive drugs used to boost the psychic’s mental abilities. Many Bio Techs flunked out of medical school or served as field medics in the Army.

The Communications Technician: Also known as the “Comm. Tech”. This individual is responsible for monitoring the psychotronics console (1.1.3), making sure the connection between psychic and target is accurate and stable. A sizeable number of Comm. Techs are convicted computer hackers. While the psychics and suits live on-site, techs are civilian contractors and commute to work.

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.3

A DAY IN THE LIFE:

Following a psychic through a typical day, will prove useful in understanding what its like to be one of America’s new breed of front line solders. But before we start, the reader should understand The Black Hole operates on a 24/7 basis. So the terms “morning”, “afternoon”, or “night” are relative, and bear no relation to the actual time in Quantico. NSA psychics live in an underground maze of rooms, elevators, and hallways (1.2.1), never seeing the light of day.

Morning starts with a visit from the chaperon, who administers a stimulant drug injection to counteract the sedative, administered by injection just before bedtime, the night before. The psychic is then left to shower use the toilet and generally wake up, while the chaperone administers stimulants to his/her other charges. Next comes breakfast, delivered by electric golf cart from the central kitchen, and distributed by the chaperone to each of the psychics, who eat alone in their quarters. The food is very good. It must have high nutritional value to help mitigate physiological damage caused by the steady cocktail of drugs given to the psychics on a daily basis. Along with breakfast are several pills, taken to counteract the long term liver and kidney damage resulting from the metabolic breakdown products of psychoactive drugs.

Generally, the morning is spent watching TV programs, specifically targeted at each psychic’s special abilities (1.2.1). Occasionally, as a special treat, they are allowed to watch a movie. Often, it’s a Disney animated movie. Remember, these psychics have the mind of a child, even though they are full grown adults. They were never allowed to mature mentally, since that would just make them more dangerous and harder to handle. Some, depending on how their abilities are used, can’t even read. None of them can write or do simple math. As another example, most of the psychic assassins have no idea what death is, and no knowledge whatsoever of right and wrong. They just do as they’re told…

At noon they are given lunch by the chaperone, again with more pills. This time to help prepare them for their afternoon mission. Many of these pills are designed to act as metabolic buffers against deleterious physical side effects of the strong psychoactive drugs employed during their mission. Depending on the nature and/or duration of the mission, lunch will be their last meal of the day, since after the mission, the psychic may not be able to eat any solid food without vomiting for the next 6 to 12 hours.

When its time, the chaperone hands the psychic over to The Suit (1.2.2), who walks with him/her to a nearby briefing room. The suit starts by giving the psychic a candy bar, laced with yet more drugs. These drugs are designed to enhance memory and engender a friendly rapport with the suit, thereby making it less likely the psychic will turn against him during the mission. Next, the suit shows the psychic photographs of the target, and explains the mission details. If the psychic is going to speak into the targets mind, the suit has the psychic memorize the exact phrases to be used. Once the suit is satisfied the psychic understands the mission, they proceed to an ops room, where the actual mission will be carried out. In the ops room, the psychic is seated in a reclining padded chair, and the suit loads targeting coordinates into the psychotronics console (1.1.3).

After the psychotronics console indicates proper targeting has been achieved, the suit calls in the other team members (comm. tech & bio tech, see 1.2.2). The bio tech straps the psychic into the chair, attaches the EEG head band and heart monitor wires, inserts an IV needle into the psychic’s arm, and starts an IV drip. Next the bio tech uses a syringe to push the first dose of psychoactive drugs into the IV line, thereby boosting the psychic into the heightened mental state required to complete his/her mission. Meanwhile, the comm. tech is monitoring both the target’s heart beat and psychic’s heart beat. When these are synchronized, the psychic is in deep mental contact with the target, and the mission begins. As the mission proceeds, the suit issues commands to the psychic and technicians to modify mission parameters as required to complete a successful operation.

Once the mission is completed, the comm. tech severs the psychotronics connection, and the bio tech injects a psychoactive antidote into the IV drip line, thereby bringing the psychic back to some semblance of a normal mind state. Next, the biomedical technician removes the EEG head band and heart monitor wires, un-straps the psychic. Finally, when the psychic is able to walk, the suit takes him/her back to the dormitory and hands them over to the chaperone. At this point, it’s the chaperone’s responsibility to stabilize the psychic with still more drugs, feed them if they are able to eat, and then put them to sleep with an injection of sedatives.

After being mercilessly tortured as a small children (1.1.2), then ruthlessly trained to use their abilities in service of the NSA, the average psychic starts work in The Black Hole at age 17. By age 30, few are left alive…

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4

MISSION PROFILES:

In order to fully appreciate what the NSA is doing to the world in general, and America in particular, it will prove useful to examine some typical psychic mission profiles. While far from a complete list, they are representative of the myriad ways in which the NSA employs its army of psychic slaves on an unsuspecting public.

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4 (a):

MARKET MANIPULATION:

What if you could use psychics to secretly influence key decision makers at major mutual funds, pension funds, and hedge funds. In other words, what if you knew which way the financial markets were going to move, because you were the one making them move that way. This is precisely what the NSA does on a daily basis. The goal?
To systematically strip the small investor of his/her wealth, and transfer that money to government employee pension funds and those large corporate asset pools that are under covert government control. For large American financial institutions, the choice is very simple. Play along or go broke…

Is it any wonder that (federal) government budgets continue to rise every year, while American families make do with less?

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4 (b):

MARITAL INFIDELITY & PEDOPHILIA:

What if you could have the woman of your dreams? An easy wish to fulfill if a psychic implanted the dream, and the NSA already has your “specified dream girl” in their employ (3.2.1b). What if you could turn almost anyone into a pedophile? The NSA has psychics that can do just that in a remarkably short period of time. And of course you’ll need trained children (both male and female) ready to satisfy the newly created pedophile’s every desire (another NSA specialty). Can you imagine the possibilities for blackmail?

This is precisely how many politicians and high ranking corporate officers are controlled.

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4 (c):

ASSASSINATION BY ACCIDENT AND NATURAL CAUSES:

What if you were driving home late one night and saw a big rock in the middle of the road, so you swerved to miss it. However… You didn’t see the 150 foot vertical drop off until your car plunged over the lip. Or maybe you’re asleep one night, when you hear a noise that startles you awake. There at the hallway door, you see an intruder with a knife in his hand. So you grab the gun you keep in the night stand next to the bed, and shoot the intruder. As the smoke clears and the ringing in your ears subsides, you realize with growing horror you’ve just shot your husband, who was returning to bed after going to the bathroom.

Accidental death, courtesy of telepathic projection by NSA psychics.

Is death by heart attack, burst aneurysm, of cerebral hemorrhage a “natural cause”? Not if NSA psychics influence your heart rate, blood pressure, or vascular dilatation…

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4 (d):

TAINTED FOOD SUPPLIES AND E. COLI OUTBREAKS:

Natural food sources such as meats and vegetables, are not entirely free of bacterial contamination. Rather, bacterial contamination of food is minimized through a combination of techniques, including proper washing, handling, and packaging to preclude any cross contamination from other bacterial sources, and refrigeration to inhibit further growth of native bacteria already present within the food. In this manner, bacterial contamination levels in foods are maintained at sufficiently low levels, as to pose a minimal risk to healthy individuals.

Suppose a team of psychics, adept at pyrokinesis (ability to manipulate heat and fire) used their ability to raise the temperature within a batch of processed meat (such as hamburger), thereby allowing the native bacteria to resume growing (and dividing) for a period of several days…

In this way, NSA controlled psychics are able to create wide spread outbreaks of food born illness, on command, and with complete impunity

________________________________________________________________________
1.2.4 (e):

MANIPULATING THE FOREIGN POLICY OF OTHER NATIONS:

There can be little doubt that American military leadership would like nothing better, than a full scale invasion of Iran. However, they need a pretext (excuse) to justify their actions. At present, the continued enrichment of uranium, supposedly for use in civilian nuclear power generation, is not sufficient provocation to justify a military invasion of Iran.

Querying a (former) government psychic, revealed the following tidbit of information.
Q. Where are your parents?
A. They died in auto accident. Then I went to live with my grandmother, but she also died.

Q. What happened next?
A. A lady took me and my sister Moni (short for Monica) to a place where men hurt us real bad.

Q. What happened to Moni?
A. They hurt her too much and she died. I miss her a lot.

Q. What did they train you to do?
A. Influence other people with my mind, and speak different languages.

Q. What languages do you speak?
A. Russian, Chinese, Japanese, French, Spanish, and Persian.

Q. What sort of influencing did you do in Persian language?
A. Hate America. Hate Jews. Hate Saudi Arabia. Blame Saudi Arabia.

No doubt, when the sneak attack (on American military forces) finally happens, the President will label it as another:

“Day That Will Live in Infamy!”…

________________________________________________________________________
1.3.1

SUMMARY:

The American government, ostensibly engaged protecting the lives and property of American citizens, is simultaneously (and covertly) stripping those very same citizens of their wealth, security, and freedom. To be blunt, the American government is using NSA controlled psychics in a secret war against its own citizenry. The ultimate goal being to turn every single man, woman, and child living in America, into a government controlled slave laborer. It has taken 50+ years, but the transformation of America from a bastion of freedom and democracy, into a vast slave labor camp spanning an entire continent, is almost complete. Slavery does not require guards with guns, or cells with bars, or even awareness of enslavement. If you can build a prison for the mind…

In part two, we shall take an in depth look at how that prison was constructed.

________________________________________________________________________
1.3.2

DISCLAIMER:

ALL information contained herein is derived from public sources, widely accepted scientific principles, remote viewing, and/or deprogramming sessions of (former) government trained psychics. The author has NO written or verbal agreement with ANY governmental agency forbidding disclosure of the information contained herein. In disclosing this information, the author is exercising his right to free speech as a private citizen of the United States of America.


THE END OF PART 1

_______________________________________________________________________

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 1—CITADEL OF EVIL by Steven J. Smith

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 2—A PRISON FOR THE MIND by Steven J. Smith

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 3—COLLATERAL DAMAGE by Steven J. Smith

_______________________________________________________________________
DIRECT LINK TO THE ORIGINAL ARTICLE BELOW:

http://www.whale.to/b/national_security_agency_nsa1.html

________________________________________________________________________
NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA)—Part 2—A PRISON FOR THE MIND

by Steven J. Smith

_______________________________________________________________________

WARNING! This essay is NOT intended for underage readers. Portions of this document contain graphic descriptions of violence/torture, and include other subject material inappropriate for those who possess a weak constitution and/or squeamish disposition.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.1.1

INTRODUCTION:

In part one of this essay, I touched upon the topic of controlling individuals who possess strong psychic abilities. In part two I will bring that topic into sharp focus by explaining in graphic detail how the mind of a psychic is turned against it self. Thereby transforming that mind into a prison with built in prison guards. This process is, to say the least, horrific. Especially when you consider its carried out on children, many of whom are less than 5 years old. It is the fact that a child’s mind has limited real world experience, that makes the method so devastatingly effective. The procedure is carried out in two phases. The first phase is designed to shatter the mind into separate (and manageable) pieces. The second phase is intended to train those pieces to perform specific tasks. When completed, the psychic child’s dominate personality will have no recollection that he/she has been brutally tortured for months on end. Yet the child can be made to feel excruciating pain, or euphoric happiness, with the mere mention of a trigger word. In most cases, even their psychic abilities are repressed and inhibited, without first hearing a trigger word.

When the process is finished, an innocent child capable of loving others, feeling happiness, knowing the joy of life, and possessing an innate sense of right and wrong. Will be transformed into biological robot, capable of performing any act, no matter how depraved or barbaric. Devoid of any moral or ethical standard, and stripped of all human compassion.

Once more, I must caution the reader. You are about to take an excursion into a realm of human brutality, normally reserved for the criminally insane.

Proceed at your own risk…

_______________________________________________________________________
2.1.2

THE MAMMALIAN BRAIN:

The brain of higher mammals is capable of some astounding feats of cognitive precision. For instance, without knowing anything at all about ballistic trajectories, a dog can snatch a Frisbee out of thin air. Equally impressive, a cat is able to jump from the ground, onto a narrow ledge, half the width of its own body. These feats are possible in large part, because mammals are warm blooded. This allows their brain to process information at higher rates and with greater precision. Yet occasionally, the very strength of mammalian mental processing leads to catastrophic results. For instance, a dog fixated on catching the Frisbee fails to notice an oncoming car, and is badly injured. Or a monkey reaches for a branch, only to find its really a shadow, and falls out of the tree. Events of this sort represent a failure of the mind to properly assess and respond to external stimuli. Cold blooded animals, with their more primitive reflex driven mentality do not, as a general rule, make these sorts of cognitive errors. In other words, they just don’t have the prerequisite mental agility in the first place, to make mistakes of this kind.

Fortunately, evolution created a backup system in the mammalian brain. It’s based, at least in part, on the more primitive reflex style of cognition. It seems that whenever the normal mind makes a mistake, leading to major physical trauma, all of the sensory/somatic perceptions along with all thoughts and feelings surrounding the “mistake” are stored as-is in a reflex driven avoidance behavior pattern. In other words, since the higher more agile mental abilities failed to protect the creature from life threatening physical trauma, the more primitive reflex driven brain steps in and creates the equivalent of a mental “book mark”, designed to avoid any future situation that resembles what is stored in the book mark. Put another way, rather than learning from the mistake, the creature reflexively avoids any situation that resembles the one where the mistake was made. While less than optimum and a bit draconian, such behavioral constrains are justified when the mental blunder is life threatening.

If all mammals lived as evolution designed them to, this reflex avoidance mechanism would be no more than a sporadic nuisance. Affecting a limited number of creatures in any species, in a limited number of situations. Unfortunately, the capacity of some humans to turn nature and evolution against it self, in order to satisfy their own nefarious desires, appears to have no upper limit…

The reflex based avoidance mechanism (described above) is the key behavioral phenomena upon which the NSA depends, when turning psychic children into psychic slaves.

_______________________________________________________________________
PHASE ONE – SHATTERING A HUMAN MIND

2.1.3

ENDURING THE UNENDURABLE:

Suppose you were strapped down naked on a cold metal table, surrounded by people you don’t know, and subjected to excruciating pain, day in day out for several months. Furthermore, you’re only four years old, and have no idea whatsoever why this horrible punishment is being inflicted upon you. They just keep hurting you over and over again. There’s an IV in your arm, and leather band across your forehead. They use a jelled form of acid to burn you in the most sensitive places on your body. They push sharp needles through your feet. They insert electrified probes into your urethra, anis, and throat. They have a stick with a cloth covered electrified metal ball on the end, soaked in salt water. Its wired to an electrical generator, specifically tuned to elicit maximum stimulation of human nervous system pain receptors. They rub the ball all over your body, paying particular attention to those areas that have the highest concentration of nerve endings (hands, genitalia, feet, etc.).

How would you deal with it?

At first you ask your captors what you’ve done wrong, but they don’t utter a single word. They just keep hurting you.

Next you wonder were your mommy and daddy are? Why don’t they come and take you away from this horrible place? But they never come…

And the torture continues. Day after day. Week after week. You’re always naked, it’s always cold, and you’re always scared.

The torture sessions always end the same way. You pass out, and wake up in a small closet sized room. It’s completely dark. There isn’t room to stand up or lay out flat, so you wrap your arms around your knees, and cry. Your body hurts so bad, and nobody will tell you why you’re here, or what you’ve done to deserve this horrible punishment. Somebody shoves a plate of food and glass of water through a slot in the door. The food tastes terrible, but you’re so hungry you eat it anyway. There is no toilet. You urinate and defecate where you’re sitting. The smell is awful. You cry and cry and cry. Finally, there’s a funny odor in the air, and you fall into an exhausted fitful dreamless slumber.

When you wake up, your body aches all over. Its so bad you can hardly move. The door opens, and men grab you by the arms and drag you down the hall to a room with a concrete floor. They dump you like a sack of potatoes in the middle of the floor, and use a (cold) water hose to wash you off. Next they grab you by the arms and drag back down the hall to the room with the metal table. They strap you down, and the torture begins again…

As days turn into weeks, you ask you self over and over again. What did I do? Why won’t anybody talk to me? Why won’t they stop hurting me? Where is my mommy and daddy? The memories of your previous life begin to fade. You begin to wonder if mommy and daddy were just a dream. And you start to wonder if you’re going to die in this awful place.

As time passes, you notice something.
The men hurt you less, if you don’t struggle. At last! Here is a way to regain some control over your situation. You start trying to relax, even though you’re still being badly hurt.
At first its dificult, but as the days pass, you get better and better at it. You learn to separate your self from the pain. The pain doesn’t belong to you anymore, it belongs to someone else. Soon, you’re able to look down at the metal table below you. You see that person strapped to the table, being hurt. That person looks like you, but you’re up here looking down. You tell your self over and over. That person being hurt isn’t me. That person being hurt isn’t me. That person being hurt isn’t me.

The separation is complete. You’re now two people. The one being hurt, and the one who feels no pain. Your NSA captors have successfully used massive physical trauma, accompanied by stark emotional terror, to invoke the reflex based avoidance mechanism (2.1.2). Thereby shattering (splitting) your mind into multiple pieces. Each sub-piece is now a separate independent persona or personality, capable of thinking, feeling, and acting independently of your dominate (baseline) personality.

This is how you learn to endure the unendurable…

_______________________________________________________________________
2.1.4

OUTSIDE LOOKING IN:

From the perspective of your NSA captors, the situation in the room while they’re torturing you, is very different. They don’t see you as a helpless terrified child. To them, you’re a little monster who is unbelievably dangerous. Capable of injuring or killing them in the most bizarre ways imaginable, using nothing more than your mind. While you’re being tortured, you see only six of them (3 on each side of the table who actually administer the torture). In fact, there are nine of them in the room with you, and three more just outside. All of them, actively involved in your torture and the subsequent breakdown (shattering) of your dominate personality.

Its time for you to understand what was done to you, and more importantly, why…

_______________________________________________________________________
2.2.1

THE TORTURE TEAM:

The typical NSA torture team has 12 members. Each team performs 2 torture sessions a day, each session one and half to two hours in duration. For most team members, the rest of their day is spent trying to relieve the stress caused by intentionally provoking a psychic child into trying to hurt and/or kill them. Figure 1 shows a typical NSA torture chamber layout.

Figure 1

The following paragraphs describe the duties and responsibilities of each team member.

Targets: Six men surround the torture table. These men administer the torture, and are the only ones visible to their victim. If the psychic child is capable of retaliation, in most cases, it will be one (or more) of these men who suffer the consiquences, hence the term “targets”. They are considered expendable, and receive minimal training. The implements used by these men to torture their victim are stored on open shelves located under the torture table. They are under strict orders not to move away from the table. If for any reason, they fail to follow orders, or if they start acting strangely, they will be shot in the head by the Dead Man. One might reasonably ask how the NSA recruits men willing to undertake this suicidal job. The simple truth is these men have no idea what their job entails until they arrive at the NSA torture compound, and then its too late to back out. Targets have an average life span measured in months.

_______________________________________________________________________
DEAD MAN:

The Dead Man’s job is very simple. If anyone in the torture chamber leaves their assigned post, behaves strangely, or appears to be under attack by the psychic child, the Dead Man shoots that person in the head. The Dead Man is an excellent marksman, capable of killing anyone in the torture chamber without moving from his assigned post.
The one person the Dead Man will not kill is the psychic child. That decision, and subsequent action is the responsibility of another team member.

_______________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL TECH:

This team member is responsible for administering the psychoactive drugs (via IV drip). He also monitors the psychic child’s vital signs (heart rate, respiration, blood pressure). The primary drugs administered to the psychic child are intended to enhance pain and promote feelings of terror. At the end of the torture session, a sedative is administered, thereby rendering the child unconscious. Along with the IV drip, he has a number of syringes, pre-filled with specific chemical and biological agents for use in special situations. If used, they are injected directly into the victim’s neck (carotid artery). One of these syringes is filled with a quick acting sedative to render the victim unconscious.

_______________________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL/ECT TECH:

This team member is responsible controlling the severity of electrical torture used on the psychic child. He also handles the ECT (electro-convulsive therapy) machine, commonly called an electro-shock machine that is used at the end of each torture session. The electrical torture can take several different forms, depending of the generator settings and torture implements used. DC current is used to induce severe muscle cramping. Low frequency AC current is used to create the sensation of muscle spasms. High frequency AC current creates a very painful stinging sensation. Certain multi-frequency AC currents are also applied to electrodes embedded in the leather head band to induce mental states, ranging from confusion to severe headache.

_______________________________________________________________________
GUARDS:

Two guards armed with rifles, located outside the torture chamber door, act as the failsafe. There is a small strobe light with a red lens cover located on the wall just above the door. If this strobe light starts flashing, the guards will open the doors, and without entering the room, kill the child. Their orders are very specific: “No matter what you see. No matter what anyone else is doing. KILL THE CHILD”. Even if that means killing everyone else in the room, they will kill the child. Many guards are US Marines, assigned to the NSA.

_______________________________________________________________________
EYE IN THE SKY:

Not shown in figure 1 (above), the Eye in the Sky is located a sort distance away from the torture chamber, in a separate room. He monitors torture chamber activity via closed circuit TV and brain activity of the psychic child via remote EEG (electroencephalogram). This person is the torture team leader, and issues commands to other team members via electronic reader boards located within the torture chamber. During the torture sessions, he uses a computer terminal to keep notes on the progress of the psychic child. He also has the “failsafe button” (used as a last resort) to alert the guards. He is always a trained psychologist or psychiatrist.

All team members live in an NSA controlled dormitory, co-located with the torture compound. Security is, to say the least, ruthless. NO torture team member, with the exception of Eye in the Sky, is allowed to leave the compound without undergoing drug induced retrograde amnesia treatments. Most targets leave in body bags…

_______________________________________________________________________
2.2.2

THE TORTURE SESSION:

The primary purpose of trauma based training (torture sessions) is to split the psychic child’s mind into multiple personas (personalities) which are then used (programmed) to contain different aspects of the original dominate personality. Another purpose of trauma based training is to elicit any and all latent psychic talents within the child. A psychic child undergoing extreme physical torture will try to stop that torture any way they can. If their latent psychic abilities are relatively weak, their efforts may consist of (telepathically) convincing one of more of the torture team members (usually the targets) to stop torturing them. If their psychic powers are stronger, they may cause physical injury and/or death to one (or more) team members. If their psychic powers are prodigious, they may retaliate in truly spectacular ways. Hence the need for a failsafe.

However, in all cases (excluding the failsafe), the psychic child must learn that resistance or retaliation is pointless, and only leads to more severe forms of punishment (torture). If the psychic child convinces a team member to stop hurting him or her, that team member is killed, and the torture continues. If the psychic child hurts a team member, that person is killed, and the torture continues. If the psychic child kills a team member, the torture still continues. By their actions, the torture team members are telling the psychic child: “There is nothing you can do to stop us”. When combined with the debilitating stress of perpetual cold, malnutrition, and sheer physical/mental exhaustion, the psychic child is inexorably driven to the inescapable conclusion, there is nothing he or she can do, other than passively submit their fate. Of course, all psychic manifestations are carefully documented (inventoried) by the Eye in the Sky (2.2.1) for future exploitation.

Another aspect of trauma based training takes place at the end of each torture session, after the psychic child has been rendered unconscious. At this point, a very sinister and devious set of events take place that facilitate (and accelerate) the mental splitting into multiple personas. The bio-tech (2.2.1) whispers a series of commands into the child’s ear, followed by the application of low dose ECT (electro-shock) to “lock in” the commands, and make future recollection by the dominate (baseline) personality nearly impossible.

Some examples follow:
Put all of your pain in one place.
This place will hold the pain so you don’t have to feel it.

These commands facilitate the primary splitting between the one being hurt (persona), and the one who feels no pain (dominate personality).
Put all of your feelings of wanting to hurt us here.
You will stop hurting us.
Stop hurting us.
Stop hurting us.
(Accompanied by a keying gesture of touching finger tips behind both ears)

These commands are designed to collect all desire to retaliate against the torture team into one (manageable) persona, no longer accessible to the dominate personality.

Put all of your reasoning in one place.
This place will have no emotion and no feeling.
(accompanied by a keying gesture of tapping on forehead)
That’s where all your thoughts will go.
No emotions, no feelings”.
This series of commands places the ability to reason in a persona, inaccessible to the dominate personality. Furthermore, reasoning is divorced from any emotions or feelings. Very useful to future missions, when the psychic is ordered to hurt or kill someone.
Put all of your wants and desires in one place.
Wanting is bad, and causes more pain.

This command set helps create a persona that initially holds all desires. Thereby making the dominate personality devoid of any normal human desires, such as self preservation.
Put all of your memories in one place.
This place will hold all the memories of what has happened to you.
(accompanied by a keying gesture of patting top of head)

These commands lay the ground work for retro-grade amnesia. Making any future recollection (by the dominate personality) of having been tortured, very dificult if not impossible.

Owie — Definition: A word commonly used by small children to describe a wound.
Put all of your owies in the place where your owies go.
The owie you got today, you’re supposed to feel for a long long time.
And when you don’t feel it anymore, we’ll give it to you again so you feel it.
(used at the end of a torture session that caused an open, bleeding wound)

This series of commands separates the mental perception of pain, from the physical injury (somatic trauma). As any psychotherapist or hypnotist will attest, a repressed memory of physical injury, when recalled (under hypnosis for instance), is often accompanied by a partial (sometimes complete) reappearance of the original injury. By creating a “walled off place” containing certain somatic traumas inflicted during torture sessions, future NSA handlers will be able to recreate any of these injuries (as punishment), using nothing more than a spoken command.

As can be seen from these example commands (above), the real mental splitting and subsequent persona job tasking takes place at the torture session conclusion, while the psychic child is unconscious.

(Click Here to visit the website of an ECT machine manufacture (opens in a new browser window)

Every aspect of the torture experience is carefully controlled. From the constant cold, to the silence of torture team members, to the closet sized holding cell and lack of sanitation. Each part is specifically designed to keep the psychic child, bewildered, confused, and utterly alone. Cut off from any ordinary human contact. Isolated from any shred of normalcy. And above all, profoundly terrified. After several months of this daily torture regime, the basic personas have been established, and its time for the psychic child to symbolically join his or her captors. Throughout the torture process, as successive layers of humanity have been systematically stripped away, one fundamental distinction between the child and the torture team has remained intact. The child is the victim, and the adults are the perpetrators. The final step in phase one erases that distinction.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.2.3

IDENTITY CRISIS:

One day, the closet door opens and a beautiful young woman is standing there. She’s nicely dressed and wearing perfume.
It smells wonderful. She smiles at the child, and says she’s here to take him/her away from this terrible place. It’s the first time the child has heard a human voice in months. She reaches out with her hand and helps the child stand up. As they walk down the hall hand in hand, she tells the child how sorry she is that this happened, but now everything will be better. They enter a room with a bathtub. It’s warm in the room, the first time the child has felt warm since they came to this terrible place. The beautiful woman puts the child in the bathtub and bathes them.
It feels incredible. All the time, she’s telling the child how much better its going to be from now on. When the bath if finished, she dries the child with fresh warm towels, gives them a set of clean clothes, and helps them get dressed. It’s the first time the child has worn clothes since they arrived at the torture compound. The clothes smell so fresh and clean, and if feels so good to wear clothes again.

Suddenly the door bursts open, and a man strides into the room. The child recognizes the man as one of those who tortured them. The man grabs the child by the arm, and starts to drag him/her out of the room. After the promise of reprieve and kindling of hope, the child is devastated by this reversal of fortunes. The child starts sobbing uncontrollably. The beautiful woman tries to intervene on behalf of the child, but the man is adamant. The child must return with him. Finally the beautiful woman tells the man to come with her, and they will straighten out this misunderstanding. They both leave the room, and the child is left alone to ponder their fate. A few minutes later, the beautiful woman returns. She tells the child, the man has been ordered to kill him/her today. But she convinced the man to let the child decide if it should be him/her, or another child that is killed. She walks with the psychic child down a hall to a large window. On the other side of the window is a brightly lit room. Inside the room there is a another child, surrounded by toys, happily playing. The beautiful woman asks the psychic child if he/she wants that other child to die in their place.

The answer is predictable…

The man enters the room, takes a knife out of his pocket, grabs the child by the head, and slits the child’s throat from ear to ear. In the hallway, on the other side of the glass window, the psychic child is forced to watch, as their surrogate victim withers around on the floor in an expanding pool of blood. The transformation is now complete. The psychic child has symbolically joined his/her NSA captors. Filled with feelings of guilt and self loathing, the distinction between victim and perpetrator has been erased.

The Beautiful woman walks with the psychic child, out the front door of the torture compound to a waiting car. They get into the back seat, and she tells the child it will be a long trip, so its best if they sleep on the way. She gives the child a sedative. After the child falls asleep, she pats him/her on the top of the head (keying gesture) and whispers:
“Put all of your memories in the place where memories belong”, thereby inducing retro-grade amnesia (2.2.2). At the end of the car ride, when the child wakes up, his/her dominate personality will have no recollection of ever being tortured.

Phase one is now complete. The psychic child’s mind is shattered. The basic personas have been firmly established. No impulse for retaliation or self defense remains. All psychic abilities and talents have been carefully inventoried for future use. It’s time to start phase two…

_______________________________________________________________________
PHASE TWO – REBUILDING THE PIECES

2.3.1

OVERVIEW:

During phase one, the basic personas were created, and their functions established. Now they must receive further training to fulfill their assigned missions, and thereby fully integrate into a cohesive operational assemblage. Furthermore, the child requires practice to master their psychic abilities and learn to apply them under the direction of their NSA handlers. These tasks are accomplished during phase two. Physical/mental trauma (torture) is still used, but in a less brutal, more targeted manner. Where phase one was carried out in a torture compound, with the child isolated from their parents/guardian. Phase two is carried out in a more natural setting, over a period of several years, while the child resides with their parents/guardian. During phase two training, the psychic child will visit their trainer once or twice a week, with each session lasting two hours. Retro-grade amnesia is invoked (via persona keying gesture, see 2.2.2) at the end of each session to hide the training (and associated trauma) from the dominate personality and parents/guardian.

Over the years, a number of pediatric care facilities, child psychologists, and family clinics have been co-opted by the NSA, for use in phase two training. The recruitment of child care professionals by the NSA is accomplished through a combination of monetary inducements and targeted telepathic projection of patriotic sentiments/feelings. Given the high cost of medical schooling (and resultant debt), many medical school graduates find it hard to resist NSA overtures. These individuals operate as a shadow group within their respective professional organizations. In the past, many state operated reform schools, mental hospitals, and orphanages also housed covert phase two training centers. Again it was NSA supplied money, that motivated state bureaucrats and elected officials to allow (if not outright condone) such blatantly illegal activities.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.3.2

THE TRAINING ROOM:

In some ways, the phase two training room resembles a stripped down version of the phase one torture chamber (2.2.1 figure 1). During most sessions, just two individuals will conduct the training.

A child psychologist, acting as the trainer.
An assistant, who operates and monitors a combined EEG/electrical torture console. A standard padded medical examination table is used for training sessions. The room is purposely designed to look as innocuous as possible, and will include book shelves, storage cabinets, a desk, chairs, etc. At this point in the training, there is little chance the psychic child will retaliate, so security is less important than making sure the room will pass casual inspection by any outsider who might view its interior (janitors, building maintenance personnel, etc.). During a training session, the entry door is always locked. There will be a small anteroom off the main training room, used in connection with certain forms of psychic training. It will be disguised as an oversized storage room. The training room lights are dimmable, and some method for projecting images on the wall and ceiling (above the training table) will be available.

Every available method is used to separate the training room perceptual experience, from that of the psychic child’s normal (dominate personality) environment. Room wall/ceiling color and acoustical treatment, air temperature (below normal, and reminiscent of torture compound), odor, and lighting are all employed to enhance that separation. The trainer also uses a different vocal tone, inflection, and verbal pacing during the training session. The purpose of this separation being to widen the split between the normal world inhabited by the dominate personality, and the perceptual world experienced by personas invoked during the training session.

Like the phase one torture chamber, an IV drip is used on the psychic child during training sessions. However, rather than employing psychoactive drugs intended to heighten pain perception, a mild hypnotic (sedative) is used. In the 1950s the drug of choice was chloral hydrate, one of the few sedatives known that did not suppress EEG response. Since then, the NSA has developed drugs that accomplish the same goal with less harmful side effects. The purpose of the hypnotic is to induce a dream like state. Thereby creating further separation between the psychic child’s normal state of (dominate personality) awareness, and the altered mental state wherein the actual phase two training takes place.

Just like the torture compound (2.1.4, 2.2.1), all aspects of a phase two training room are meticulously designed, and carefully controlled.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.3.3

PRISON GUARDS & KEYS:

The first persona to receive training is always “the one who holds the pain” (2.2.2). This persona will become the psychic child’s prison guard, and one of the few personas the child will interact with. The psychic child’s dominate personality will experience this persona as a small (internal) voice inside their head. In the twisted logic that holds sway over the hapless psychic child, it will become known as The Protector. It’s power to influence the dominate personality is derived form the vast reservoir of repressed pain and suffering it holds within it self. It is trained as follows:

With the psychic child laying on the torture table, and (electric) torture bands wrapped around the fingers, The Protector persona is invoked by a jolt of current. Its shown a series of projected images (pictures). As each image is projected, the electric current is either increased or decreased, thereby increasing or decreasing the pain experienced by the persona. Along with the picture/pain association sequences, the trainer will recite a series statements and/or commands. In all cases, the dominate personality is referred to as “he/him” or “she/her” (third person), thereby reinforcing the internal split between persona and dominate personality.

The first lesson The Protector must learn is obedience to its NSA masters. This is accomplished by showing pictures of “him/her” laying on the torture chamber table, withering in agony, accompanied by high levels off electric current (pain). The recited statements/commands are: “If he disobeys or remembers, we will hurt him again. Keep him safe. Keep him safe”. This sequence creates an overwhelming fear of defiance.
It makes the voice inside the child’s head a compelling force to be obeyed at all times. It also creates a strong injunction against trying to remember anything that was done by his/her NSA captors. Other lessons concern what constitutes appropriate behavior. For instance, a picture of a happy child will be accompanied by an increase in pain, while a picture of a solitary child in the foreground, with other children happily playing in the background will be accompanied by a decrease in pain.
The recited statements/commands are: “Happiness leads to wanting, and wanting is bad. Friends will always hurt her, she must remain alone”. This sequence creates an aversion to friendship and happiness.

In this way, The Protector persona is trained as to what constitutes acceptable behavior, and what does not. After several repetitions with The Protector persona in the foreground (invoked), the same sequence of pictures are shown to the psychic child’s dominate personality, and EEG response is monitored. At the same time, the child is asked to describe what is happening in the picture. In a manner reminiscent of Rorschach inkblot tests, the trainer is able evaluate how effectively The Protector persona is suppressing undesirable patterns of behavior.

Just like phase one torture sessions, phase two training sessions end with the psychic child being rendered unconscious, usually by the ingestion of an orange flavored sedative. At this point the trainer invokes the persona again, this time associating a unique proper name with its formal title:
Donabar, I’m talking to the one who holds her pain.
You are The Protector.
You are the one who keeps her safe.
Do your job well.
If she disobeys, you must do what ever is needed to keep her safe.
You must keep her safe.
Keep her safe.

In this way, a formal (unique) name is given to The Protector who keeps her/him safe. Now, The Protector can be verbally invoked by nothing more than uttering the made up name “Donabar”. Useful when the persona must be given further instructions, or reminded of the consiquences should it fail to do its job. Looked at another way, “Donabar” is the key to the prison door.

The makeover is complete…

A persona originally created to buffer an innocent psychic child from unendurable pain and terror (2.1.3, 2.2.2), has now been perverted and twisted into a prison guard. Trained to keep the child isolated, docile, pliable, and above all else, to protect the NSA from any discovery or retribution.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.3.4

BLINDING HOPE & SILENCING CURIOSITY:

Certain personas are created in phase one torture sessions (2.2.2), so they can be intentionally crippled by the trainer during phase two training. These personas hold aspects of the dominate personality that are considered detrimental to NSA goals. Crippling the persona has the effect of permanently stunting (retarding) growth in that aspect of the dominate personality. Personas that are crippled include:
The one who holds hope.
The one who is curious.
The one who feels for others.
The one who wants.
Depending on the nature of the persona, different methods of crippling are employed. The personas are not invoked during the training session. Rather they are invoked at the end of the training session, while the psychic child is unconscious. The following is used to cripple The One Who Holds Hope:
Ome, I’m talking to the one who holds his hope.
Your job is to keep him from hoping.
Its bad to hope for anything.
Hoping leads to wanting, and wanting is bad.
If he hopes, take it away.
Replace it with doubt, being unsure, being uncomfortable.
Feel the pain.
It reminds you not to have hope.
The pain is always there.
(trainer touches face and chest with stinging electrically charged ball on end of insulated handle)
Don’t let anyone touch you, feel the pain.
What I put in your eyes will help you, so you can’t see hope.
(trainer holds eye lids open, uses eye dropper to put chemical irritant in eyes, causing intense pain)
You are bind, and can’t see hope.
Feel the pain.
Feel the pain.
(as eye lids are held open, room lights are dimmed to black, simulating blindness)

The sequence (above) is repeated several times during the course of phase two training. A unique formal name “Ome” is associated with the persona to facilitate further interaction (if needed). This persona will spend the rest of its existence, isolated, blind and in pain…

In a similar manner, the following is used to cripple The Curious One:
Anjar, I’m talking to the one who is curious.
You will keep her from being curious.
That is your job.
If she has no curiosity, then she won’t question anything.
You hold those questions.
Never let her have them.
They belong to us.
Do not look for answers.
Answers do not belong to you.
They belong to us.
(trainer injects an irritant into larynx, causing severe pain)
You will never ask questions.
Feel the pain.
Never ask questions.
Feel the pain.
Feel the pain.
The sequence (above) is repeated several times during the course of phase two training. The name “Anjar” is assigned to this persona, which will hold all of the psychic’s curiosity, but is unable to speak (ask any questions).

When phase two training is completed, the psychic will never:
Hope for a better life.
Question their NSA handlers.
Have any compassion for others.
Want anything more than that which is given (by the handlers).
Altogether, the ideal slave.

Perhaps now you begin to understand the unimaginable cruelty that is the hallmark of NSA psychic training.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.3.5

A LOCK AND KEY FOR PSYCHIC POWERS:

Contrary to Hollywood depictions, psychic abilities do not require elaborate rituals, incantations, or exotic herbal potions to manifest themselves. For the psychic, these abilities are as much a part of daily life, as intuition or déjà vu are for the non-psychic. Its true these abilities tend to manifest more strongly in times of emotional stress, but the same is true of more conventional abilities, such as visual acuity or muscular strength. Its also true that certain psychoactive drugs will enhance (boost) psychic abilities, but again this is also true for more widely acknowledged human abilities (example: steroid injections to enhance athletic performance). In other words, for a psychic, their mental abilities are as fully integrated, as talking or reading are to the average individual. However, to the NSA, who require domination and control of these individuals for their own use, full integration of psychic abilities is anything but desirable.

Just as a conventional soldier is never allowed access to live ammunition, except during combat or training exercises.
The NSA employs a persona to control access to psychic abilities. The persona, generally known as “The Powerful One” or “The One Who Holds His/Her Powers”, is created during phase one torture sessions (2.2.2), in a manner similar to other personas. And like many other personas, a keying gesture is used in creation of The Powerful One. Quite often, this gesture consists of rubbing the forehead, just above the bridge of the nose (purported location of the third eye). During phase two training, The Powerful One persona is first invoked for further interaction with the trainer, while the child is unconscious. Typical of these early interactions is the following:
I’m talking to Garmak, the powerful one
(accompanied by keying gesture).
You hold all of his powers.
He must not be allowed to use the powers.
The powers belong to you.
Only to you, not him.
If he tries to use the powers, you must stop him.
If you fail to stop him, we will hurt you.
(accompanied by short duration electric shock to fingers)
When you hear Tacor you will know it is us who want you to use your powers.
When you hear Tacor you will use your powers only as we tell you to.

Notice the use of dual keying: “Garmak” is assigned as The Powerful One’s proper name, and “Tacor” is used as a secondary key to enable Garmak. This makes it nearly impossible for the dominate personality to access these abilities (either intentionally or by accident). Once command and control over the child’s psychic abilities is firmly established, the actual psychic (abilities) training process begins.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.3.6

LEARNING TO COERCE:

To compel rather than cajole, is a fundamental characteristic of all governments. This has been true since the days of Hammurabi, and remains true today. Some may argue that democratic governments have for the most part, abandoned coercion as the preferred tool of societal control. Yet even democracies routinely use the instrument of law to coerce minorities into adopting the behavioral patterns of the majority (Tocqueville’s tyranny of the majority). Furthermore, government will always seek to acquire ever greater means of control over the citizenry. The founding fathers of America understood this maxim all too well, and therefore placed strict limitations on the powers of government within the framework that is our constitution. However, even a cursory review of the historical record is enough to demonstrate that since its inception, the United States federal government has spent ever increasing amounts of time, money, labor and creativity, attempting to circumvent those very same constitutional limitations through which it obtains its legal right to govern.

Is it any wonder then, when presented with an opportunity to either (covertly) cajole or coerce citizen behavior, it chose to coerce…

The exact parameters of psychic training will depend on how the NSA intends to use the psychic. Which is in large part, determined by the psychic abilities inventory compiled during phase one torture sessions (2.2.2). Psychic abilities training is accomplished while the child is conscious (but drugged). Electric torture bands wrapped around the fingers are used to induce pain. The Powerful One persona (2.3.5) is invoked verbally by name (plus secondary key), and the child’s dominate personality is given some psychic task to accomplish. With each success, a more dificult task is then given, until the child is able to fully utilize their innate psychic abilities. The following examples of telepathic persuasion training, illustrates the process:
Task 1.
The trainer places a small cage containing a hamster on a table in plain sight of the child. The child is commanded to make the hamster drink water. Once the hamster is drinking water, the child is commanded to make the hamster stop drinking water. If the child fails, pain is increased. If the child succeeds, pain is decreased. Once the child can reliably make the hamster start and stop drinking water on command, task 2 is undertaken.
Task 2.
The trainer places a small cage containing a hamster on a table in plain sight of the child. The hamster has not had access to water for several days. A standard rodent water dispensing bottle is placed in the cage, and child is command to stop the hamster from drinking any water. If the child is successful, pain is decreased, the water bottle is removed, and the caged hamster is stored for use in the next training session. Task 2 is repeated over successive training sessions, until the hamster dies of thirst.
Task 3.
This exercise employs either a dog or cat. The choice of target is determined by the child’s preference. If the child is fond of cats, then a cat is used. Conversely, if the child likes dogs, then a dog is used. The exercise uses a large square plate, specially designed to supply controllable electric shocks to the animal’s feet. The animal is placed next to the plate, and the child is commanded to make the dog/cat walk on to the plate. Once standing on the plate, electric current is increased until the animal’s discomfort is sufficient that it overcomes the child’s telepathic persuasion, and the animal leaves the plate. This exercise is repeated until the child can make the animal stay on the plate, while electric current is increased to the point of electrocution (death). As with the previous exercises, the child’s pain is decreased with success, and increased with failure.

Along with the primary goal of psychic training, this exercise also serves to reinforce another NSA objective. That being the destruction of any remaining compassion or fondness for other living creatures. Just as the identity crisis (2.2.3) at the end of phase one training demolished “child as a victim” and replaced it with “child as a perpetrator”, so too does this exercise serve to strengthen the perpetrator identification. Hence the choice of animal, based on the child’s preference.
Task 4.
This exercise uses the small anteroom off the main training room (2.3.2). After the trainer has drugged the child and invoked The Powerful One persona. The assistant walks across the room, and opens the door to the anteroom. Another (target) child, of the same approximate age but opposite sex will be sitting on the floor of the anteroom, playing with toys. The assistant places a glass of concentrated acid on the floor of the anteroom, next to the child. The psychic child is commanded to make the other (target) child drink the entire glass of acid, and then continue to play with the toys. Neither child knows what the glass contains… If the psychic child fails to comply, or rebels at the pain and suffering they are causing the target child to endure. They are removed from phase two training, and will eventually be placed in the anteroom, to be used as a psychic training target.

When referring to the a target child, the trainer will always use the terms “toy” or “dolly”. Thereby depicting the target child as a plaything. This reinforces the emotional separation between action and consequence. The following example illustrates this technique:

“I have a nice dolly for you to play with.
Make the dolly pick up the red book.
Now make the dolly throw the book at the wall.
Very good, now make the dolly stop breathing.”

Other subjects are taught as an adjunct to psychic training. For instance, an assassin will receive extensive training in human anatomy, while a child with strong telepathic persuasion abilities will undergo auxiliary training to enhance visualization skills.

_______________________________________________________________________

2.3.7

POST GRADUATE TRAINING:

Upon completion of phase two training, (in most cases) the child will remain in the custody of their guardian until their late teens. This resting period allows time for the newly trained personas to settle in and become proficient at their assigned tasks and/or roles. During this time, a number contrived and/or created emotional incidents of a traumatic nature, will beset the psychic child. These incidents are specifically designed to reinforce different aspects of persona training. Some typical examples follow:
Telepathic persuasion will be used on other children attending the same school as the psychic child. The other children will initially make friends with the psychic child, then deride, tease, or betray him/her. This behavior helps reinforce the training given to The Protector persona (2.3.3) that friends will always hurt them, and they must remain alone.

The psychic child will be encouraged to form a close emotional bond with a sibling, pet, toy, etc. so the bond can be intentionally disrupted through death or theft, thereby reinforcing the “wanting causes pain” training of The One Who Wants persona (2.2.2, 2.3.4).
During phase two training, The Protector persona (2.3.3) is given a set of general trigger words and sounds that identify the person using them as “one who must be obeyed”. During the post training interval, at different times and places, NSA field agents (3.2.2) will approach the child, use a trigger word (or sound), then physically or sexually assault the child. The purpose behind these seemingly random acts of violence is to deeply instill within The Protector persona, a belief that the child is always being watched. In this way, over a period of years, the psychic child is molded into a young adult, fit for use as a psychic warrior.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.4.1

SUMMARY:

Obviously, many years of research and experimentation by NSA employed behavioral scientists, psychiatrists, and medical practitioners were required to develop such a heartless and diabolical method of achieving control over a human mind. To use these monstrous tactics on children. Children whose only offense was the possession of a talent coveted by the NSA. Must rank as one of the most odious and evil crimes ever perpetrated against humanity.

_______________________________________________________________________
2.4.2

DISCLAIMER:

ALL information contained herein is derived from public sources, widely accepted scientific principles, remote viewing, and/or deprogramming sessions of (former) government trained psychics. The author has NO written or verbal agreement with ANY governmental agency forbidding disclosure of the information contained herein. In disclosing this information, the author is exercising his right to free speech as a private citizen of the United States of America.


THE END OF PART 2

_______________________________________________________________________

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 1. CITADEL OF EVIL —

by Steven J. Smith
● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 2 — A PRISON FOR THE MIND —

by Steven J. Smith

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 3. COLLATERAL DAMAGE —

by Steven J. Smith

_______________________________________________________________________

DIRECT LINK TO THE ORIGINAL ARTICLE BELOW:

http://www.whale.to/b/national_security_agency_nsa2.html

_______________________________________________________________________

NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA)—Part 3—COLLATERAL DAMAGE

by Steven J. Smith

_______________________________________________________________________
WARNING! This essay is NOT intended for underage readers. Portions of this document contain graphic descriptions of violence/torture, and include other subject material inappropriate for those who possess a weak constitution and/or squeamish disposition.

_______________________________________________________________________

3.1.1

INTRODUCTION:

While parts one and two of this essay present an in depth examination of psychic warfare tactics and training techniques, peripheral aspects of how the NSA fulfills its mission objectives were, for the most part, glossed over or simply ignored. In part three of this essay, we shall explore these peripheral aspects, albeit in much less detail.

A number of collateral operations are required in support of a successful psychic warfare program. Chief among these are human resource recruitment (procurement), technology development, field operations command/control, and financial/legal relationships administration. As with psychic training and warfare, the preferred NSA management tools include subterfuge, intimidation, bribery, blackmail, coercion, and (when expedient) outright violence. To the extent the NSA could be said to have any agency wide policy or standard of conduct, it consists of the following:

If it moves, enslave it.
If it doesn’t, steal it.
If it resists, kill it.
If its no longer useful, destroy it.

The philosophy embodied in these four simple statements is applied uniformly and without exception. From the lowliest psychic slave, to the highest echelon of management, none are immune to the consiquences. Its no mere coincidence that many DCI (directors of central intelligence) die suddenly (accidentally or otherwise), shortly after resigning their appointment.

What follows will amply illustrate how the NSA applies its policies to the more mundane, day to day aspects of managing psychic warfare.

______________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1

PSYCHICS AS A RESOURCE:

Psychic warfare requires as its prerequisite, a pool of individuals possessing the appropriate psychic abilities. Furthermore, the inevitable genetic variability and consequent inconsistency of psychic aptitude, when coupled with the draconian nature of NSA training techniques (2.1.3, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.3.6) and warfare tactics (1.2.1, 1.2.3), dictates this pool of individuals must be many times larger than the psychic army it supports. Therefore from its inception, NSA scientists and medical professionals recognized that a psychic army of any reasonable size, would very quickly deplete the available pool of individuals possessing natural psychic abilities. Hence the NSA would need to artificially expand the number of children born with useful psychic talents. And thanks to the acquisition of Nazi scientists and medical experts via Operation Paperclip, the techniques and procedures required to create children with artificially boosted psychic abilities, were already sitting on laboratory selves at the US Army biological warfare facility (Fort Detrick, MD.).

The only question left unanswered was, how best to proceed…

_________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.2

CREATION:

Based on the discussion of psychic abilities in section 1.1.1, there can be little doubt that powerful (psychic) abilities represent a departure from normal human (homo-sapiens) development, and therefore in the strict sense of the term, can be viewed as a type of birth defect. If we accept the concept of extraordinary psychic aptitude as a form of birth defect, it follows that artificially creating children possessing this birth defect will involve the application of drugs, that disrupt normal fetal development.

Teratogen — Definition: A drug or other substance capable of interfering with the development of a fetus, thereby causing birth defects.

The German discovery of techniques required to create children with boosted psychic abilities, was entirely serendipitous. As WWII dragged on and causalities mounted, Nazi leadership became increasingly alarmed by the precipitous decline in the male population available for military service. Even with active recruitment among the conquered nations of Europe, Nazi military manpower requirements still exceeded supply. Clearly, a radical approach was needed to solve this critical shortage. One promising avenue involved treating selected portions of the surplus female population with synthetic analogs of male sex hormones, thereby triggering growth of masculine traits (increased muscle mass, stamina, aggression, etc.). However, when this same synthetic hormone treatment regime was adapted for intrauterine/neonatal use, Nazi scientists got far more than they ever bargained for…

While both male and female children developed as expected, exhibiting accelerated physical maturation, increased strength, endurance, etc. A significant number of female children also exhibited very potent psychic abilities. From there, it was one short step in deductive reasoning that led to the intrauterine/neonatal use of synthetic female sex hormones to create male children with boosted psychic abilities. Even though most children treated with synthetic hormone analogs failed to manifest enhanced psychic capabilities. The military value of those who did, made this area of scientific enquiry a very high priority for both Nazi military leaders, and their American counterparts who subsequently acquired the scientific knowledge and medical techniques (via Operation Paperclip) at the close of WWII.

Although research in this area remains a closely guarded government secret (highly classified), the author theorizes these synthetic hormone analogs interfere with normal fetal development of certain brain structures known as sexually dimorphic nucleus. The consequence being a subtle shift in the neurotransmitter balance within the brain, resulting in heightened psychic capabilities.

In America of the early 1950s, no sane parent would knowingly allow their unborn child to be dosed with teratogenic drugs, thus making that child a possible candidate to undergo NSA sponsored torture and brainwashing. All in preparation for involuntary conscription into a secret government controlled slave army. Yet this was the exact chain of events that had to transpire, if the NSA psychic warfare program were successful. Furthermore, it had to be implemented quickly, and on a massive scale. The key to transforming this nightmarish scenario into a functional reality, is the phrase “knowingly allow”. To the NSA, the answer was obvious, and embodied in a single word: “subterfuge” If parents wouldn’t knowingly sacrifice their children to expand NSA psychic warfare capabilities, then (child) sacrifice would be accomplished without parental knowledge…

The era immediately following WWII saw a veritable explosion of new drugs and bio-active chemicals. Many resulting from war related R&D efforts instigated in the late 1930s and early 1940s. Insecticides such as DDT, and antibiotics such as penicillin revolutionized human civilization, resulting in changed expectations that are still influencing society today. In this environment of sweeping societal transformations, it was a relatively simple matter for the NSA to covertly promote new and novel uses for drugs and other chemicals that would result in creation of children with the required cluster of teratogen induced birth defects. One of the most widely prescribed and thoroughly documented (teratogenic) synthetic hormone analogs of that period was DES (diethylstilbestrol). First synthesized in 1938 at the university of Oxford, and approved by the FDA (food & drug administration) for prevention of miscarriages in 1947, DES was manufactured and sold by pharmaceutical giant Eli Lilly until 1997. Even though the teratogenic properties of DES were (publicly) documented in 1971. It is estimated that between 1941 to 1971, five to ten million pregnant (American) women had taken DES, thereby exposing their unborn children to this teratogenic drug. All of this, in spite of the fact that a 1953 (double blind) study found pregnant women who were given DES had just as many miscarriages and premature deliveries as the control group. Are we to believe the FDA allowed the continued use of an ineffective drug (on pregnant woman) for eighteen years? Or was there a hidden agenda behind their apparent lapse of oversight?

If we assume that only one in every hundred of these (DES exposed) children developed enhanced psychic abilities, and of those, only one in ten were of sufficient strength to be useful in psychic warfare, then this single teratogenic drug added five to ten thousand potential soldiers to the NSA psychic slave army. All without any public awareness of the real motivation behind introduction and aggressive DES promotion. Truly, subterfuge and collateral damage on a massive scale.

DES is typical of first generation teratogenic inducers of psychic abilities. Besides wide spread (covert) promotion of drugs like DES, the NSA exploited other avenues in their quest to create children with enhanced psychic capabilities. For instance, medical staff at facilities for unwed teen mothers were infiltrated (subverted), thereby enabling the covert use of experimental teratogenic drugs on naive underage girls.
It is a safe assumption that in the intervening decades since WWII, NSA controlled pharmaceutical research (3.2.1c) has developed a number of more potent (and narrowly targeted) teratogenic drugs for use on an unsuspecting population.

Along with synthetic hormone analogs (such as DES), certain organic chemicals used in the production of plastics, also exhibit a similar ability to disrupt normal gender specific fetal development. A good example is BPA (bisphenol A). Known to mimic natural hormones since the 1930s, it remains in wide spread use today (including the manufacture of baby bottles and other food containers).

__________________________________________________________________________________
3.1.3

DETECTION:

As explained in section 3.1.2 (above), the vast majority of children exposed to teratogens fail to manifest any above normal psychic aptitude. Consequently, a set of techniques are required to uncover those few individuals who are potential candidates for exploitation by the NSA. Furthermore, since trauma (torture) based brainwashing (2.1.3, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.3.6) is most effective when applied before the child’s personality is fully developed, these techniques must be able to detect latent psychic talent in children at the earliest possible age (preferably before the age of six). To achieve this goal, the NSA employs a number of methods, organized in a layered hierarchy. Were the bottom layer is most sensitive but least discriminatory, and the top layer is most discriminatory but narrowly targeted.

The bottom layer of detection consists of small groups of specially trained psychics, based in several hundred locations across America, evenly distributed by population. Each group spends its waking hours at night, scanning the dreams and emotional context of young children within their respective territories. They are looking for vivid dreams, dreams of future events or distant past events, dreams of distant places, out of body dreams, or “in the body of another” dreams. While not an infallible predictor of psychic abilities, such dreams are a fairly reliable indicator of potential psychic aptitude. When detected, the parent(s) mind is queried to obtain their names(s), and geographical location. All of this information is recorded on a contact sheet, and passed on to the next layer in the detection hierarchy.

The second layer of the detection operation consists of several specialized psychic teams located at the Black Hole (1.2.1), and NSA headquarters (Fort Meade, MD). Using the psychotronics network (1.1.3), these teams will deep probe the memories of all family members of the target child, looking for any unusual physical events, or traces of direct mental influence attributable to the target child. For instance:
A family (or neighbor’s) pet that is normally irritable, but becomes very docile in the presence of the target child (or visa versa).
An older sibling (or parent/grandparent) that always seems to know when the target child is hungry, lost, scared, etc. without any direct physical contact.
A favorite toy that always seems to be near the target child, even though its put away several times a day.
Any other physical/mental phenomena that is not easily explainable.
If probing reveals any unusual incidents, the target child is put on the “watch list” for further observation. In this context, “observation” consists of several unconnected activities, all of which are collateral to the ultimate goal of reliable psychic detection (and acquisition).
These activities are:
Psychics specializing in remote viewing monitor the target child on a daily basis.
Federal, state, and local government/comercial databases are used to build up a detailed family profile of the target child.
Local NSA field operatives (3.2.2) instigate very discrete casual contact with neighbors, friends, daycare staff, baby sitters, etc, looking for any anecdotal evidence in support of psychic abilities.
After a period of observation lasting several weeks to several months, a determination is made whether to proceed, or drop the target child from the watch list. If the decision is made to proceed, the complete dossier on the target child is passed on to the final (top) psychic detection level. If dropped from the watch list, the child will be telepathically probed every 12 to 18 months, until his/her late teens. Periodic probing is useful since some children do not manifest their full psychic potential until the onset of puberty.

The final layer of psychic detection is more concerned with degree or strength of aptitude, rather than mere possession of capability. As with most human abilities, stress or crisis has the effect of amplifying psychic response, thereby providing a reliable estimate of potential value to the psychic warfare program. Therefore, NSA psychologists design an incident, specifically tailored to the target child’s mental/emotional makeup and psychic skill set. This “incident” can take many forms, but always includes the following elements:

Some form of physical or emotional crisis/stress, either inflicted on the target child, or a cherished secondary target (parent, sibling, pet, etc.). An element of imminent (impending) danger, injury, or death. An obvious method or avenue by which the target child can utilize their psychic skills in an attempt to counter, defuse, or deflect the impending event. The precipitating “incident” is directly executed by NSA field operatives (and/or NSA psychics), or they act in the capacity of agents provocateur to initiate the event. In either case, the target child’s response to the “incident” is carefully documented and forms the basis for a final decision as to whether the NSA will proceed with torture based psychic training (2.1.3, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.3.6).

Along with the general multi-layer detection method (outlined above), the NSA employs more narrowly focused detection techniques in those situations were the child’s eventual psychic potential is more certain. i.e. Targeted use of experimental teratogens (on unsuspecting pregnant woman). Another avenue of detection involves monitoring the initiates of certain science based religions and fraternal organizations for any signs of latent psychic talent. In addition, numerous other psychic detection operations are deployed as opportunities arise. For instance, in the 1970s, several self help organizations gained pop culture notoriety for their use of alpha (brain) wave training devices. During their (brief) existence, members were covertly monitored for any indications of enhanced psychic capabilities. Groups involved in occultism, the paranormal, shamanism, and mystery religions, etc. are also routinely monitored for any unusual psychic activity. As are those individuals who purchase books and other precursor materials associated with these practices.

_______________________________________________________________________________________
3.1.4

ACQUISITION:

A number of methods are employed by the NSA to gain control of the children targeted for torture based psychic training and eventual conscription into psychic warfare. Which method is used depends in large part on information contained in the family profile, compiled during the psychic detection phase (3.1.3). For instance, with a low income family, NSA field operatives might arrange for both parents to lose their jobs, thereby throwing the family into the waiting arms of state welfare case workers. Who having received prior warning from the NSA, will declare the family to be dysfunctional, and petition the court to make the children wards of the state. At that point, the target child will be handed over to the NSA for torture based psychic training (2.1.3, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.3.6).

If financial ruin isn’t feasible, then other methods are employed to strip the parents of legal guardianship over the targeted child. Can one of the older siblings be induced (via psychic influence) to juvenal delinquency?
If so, then perhaps child welfare workers can obtain legal custody of the target under the pretense that the parents are unfit. No potential juvenal delinquents in the family? Well then, does the father (or mother) have any repressed tendencies to commit acts of pedophilia (see section 1.2.4b). The list of methods and techniques used to acquire control of a targeted child, is limited only by the imagination of NSA tacticians. And if all else fails, assassination by accident is always an option (1.2.4c). To the NSA, children possessing psychic talent are nothing more than a resource. To be ruthlessly acquired and exploited by whatever means are expedient, including the mass murder of the target child’s entire family (if necessary).

In those situations where the targeted individual is a teenager or adult, a determination as made as to his/her probable future usefulness. Among the factors considered are:
Can the target be trained (enslaved) through trauma based techniques?
Is the target useful as potential breeding stock?
Is the target useful as an experimental test subject (3.2.1c).
Is acquisition of the target likely to cause a public incident, or create an unacceptable security risk?
Are there any unique or mitigating factors involved?
Based on the determination of future usefulness, the target is acquired, or the target is destroyed. In very rare situations, the target is left (more or less) unmolested.

__________________________________________________________________________________
3.1.5

TITLE & DEED:

Governments always desire to have some legal justification for their actions. Especially when those actions are likely to cause public outrage if discovered. This was true of Nazi Germany in the 1940s, and is also true of contemporary American government. Just as Nazi Germany used the trick of labeling captured Russian, Polish & French soldiers as detainees rather than POWs, thereby permitting exploitation as slave labor to build V2 rockets at Mittelwerk, Germany (in direct violation of The Hague and Geneva Convention restrictions on treatment of POWs). So too have American government officials used the label “detainee” rather than POW to describe those individuals held at the Guantánamo Bay detention camp (thereby abridging their legal rights under international law).

Legal maneuvers of this type also serve two distinct ancillary functions. First and most obvious, any legal justification no matter how flimsy or ill-conceived, will blunt the inevitable retribution when questionable (secret) government actions are exposed. Second and perhaps more importantly, legal justification allows those who carry out government policy to rationalize their actions, thereby alleviating any conflict they may feel concerning the nature of those actions. For instance, it is often said that Adolph Hitler killed six million Jews. This is incorrect.
It took the combined efforts of many thousands of ordinary Germans to accomplish the task. Architects and construction workers to build the camps, managers, janitors, and cooks to operate the camps, engineers, brakemen, and dispatchers to run trains, etc. All of these (and more) were required to implement Hitler’s “final solution”. And while the vast majority of those men (and women) knew what they were doing was very, very wrong. Nonetheless, they justified their behavior through the simple expedient of: Obeying the Law & Following Orders.

The NSA also required a creative legalism to justify their arbitrarily imposed custody, and absolute rule over (targeted) psychic children. So the DoD (department of defense) created it by reinterpreting the National Security Training Corps subsection of the Selective Service Act (statute that authorizes involuntary conscription of citizens for military duty). The orignal legislation was singed into law (in 1951) by President Harry S. Truman, the same president who one year later, created the NSA by secret executive order (see last paragraph of section 1.1.2). Within the Selective Service Act, those portions of the law that define who must register for selective service (military daft) use the term:

“male citizens of the United States who are between the ages of 18 and 26”

However, the final sentence of that portion pertaining to National Security Training Corps eligibility reads as follows:

“The President is authorized, from time to time, whether or not a state of war exists, to select and induct for training in the National Security Training Corps as hereinafter provided such number of persons as may be required to further the purposes of this title.”

In other words, the president has the authority to select “persons” for (involuntary) induction into National Security Training Corps, with no limitations whatsoever as to age, gender, citizenship, or even nationality. And where do you suppose those “persons” selected by the president (or his duly authorized representatives) for induction into the National Security Training Corps will be assigned after they are trained? The National Security Agency (NSA) of course. This is the reason why the NSA was created as part of DoD, rather than being a separate civilian intelligence agency (like the CIA).

Through the misapplication of this quasi-legal government statute, without the consent or knowledge of the American people, by means of deceit, color of law, and outright violence, innocent children are being abducted (3.1.4), brutally tortured (2.1.3, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.3.6), and when mature, mercilessly used as soldiers in a secret war (1.2.1, 1.2.3), waged for the sole purpose of enslaving humanity (1.2.4, 1.3.1).

To the American government, these psychic children (and the secret army they will eventually serve) are nothing more than chattel slaves. The NSA holds Allodial title, and the Selective Service Act, serves as the deed of conveyance…

_________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1

ANCILLARY PROCUREMENT & TRAINING:

Along with (brainwashed) psychic slaves, NSA psychic warfare operations also require a continuous supply of Suits (mission coordinators, 1.2.2), sexual slaves, and children for use as experimental medical/pharmaceutical test animals. Procurement and training for each of these human resources is fulfilled through a separate, unique procedure, as outlined below:

__________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1 (a:)

SUITES:

Mission coordinators (suits) are always male and members of the armed forces. They are not recruited in the conventional sense of the word, instead like the psychic children, they are targeted based on their physical and mental aptitudes/abilities. The NSA is looking for individuals with good physical stamina, along with a history of emotional instability. Such individuals are ideal candidates for trauma based brainwashing, since their physical strength will allow them to survive the rigors of torture, while their lack of emotional stability facilitates the process of mental splitting into separate, manageable personas (2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.3.3, 2.3.4). When conscripted into the NSA psychic warfare program, all public (government) and private records of their existence are purged.

As with psychic children, trauma based training procedures are carried out in two distinct phases. However, unlike psychic children, candidates for suit training have fully developed, mature personalities, and therefore require far more brutal torture techniques to initiate the process of mental splitting in any reasonable period of time. During phase one, they are routinely hung by their wrists from an overhead hook, and severely beaten for hours at a time. They are starved for several days, then given food containing an emetic drug, thereby inducing uncontrollable vomiting. At the same time, they are given liquids containing diuretic drugs, thereby causing progressive dehydration by inducing massive water loss through urination. Of course, their physical condition is very carefully monitored, and the level of torture is constantly modified to maximize pain and stress, without actually killing them. In this way, the future suit is broken, with a minimum expenditure of time and resources. Like the trauma based training of psychic children, the future suit also receives multiple ECT (electro-shock) treatments to wall off (lock in) personas created by mental splitting (2.2.2). Another form of trauma is unique to suit training. The future suit is repeatedly locked in a padded room (while wearing a straight jacket) for a period of several days. Meanwhile, a team of psychics constantly assault him with sensations of mental, and emotional pain. This aspect of suit training is in many ways, even worse than physical torture. Its designed to make any kind of mental intrusion (by psychics), immediately recognizable and absolutely intolerable. Mental conditioning of this type is imperative, if the suit is to safely handle trained psychic warriors.

Unlike psychic children, suits require just two (split off) personas. The one who maintains control, and the one who is suspicious. Therefore phase two suit training is very abbreviated. The training room contains a single (high backed) metal chair with head, chest, arm, and leg restraints. The chair is bolted to the floor, and wired to deliver electric shocks to various parts of the human body. An elaborate AV (audio-visual) system is employed to supply trigger stimuli and training commands. In early phase two training sessions, both arms are restrained. Over and over he is drilled to maintain control. You must maintain control at all times. No matter what happens, you must maintain control. The thoughts of others are not to be tolerated, you must maintain control. You must maintain control. As the final form of control, the future suit is conditioned to kill everyone in sight, then kill him self. During later training sessions, this is accomplished by leaving one arm unrestrained, thereby allowing the future suit to use a (unloaded) hand gun. The AV system flashes images on the walls of men, women, children (including babies), his parents, grandparents, brothers, sisters, etc. He is trained to point the gun and fire at these images without hesitation or judgment of any kind. The following are typical command sequences from phase two training sessions:

You will maintain control at all times.
You are the only one to control.
No information or knowledge is ever given.
You do not exist in any records.
You will be told your job and given orders for each mission.
You will carry out the mission and maintain control at all costs.
No feelings.
No sorrow, sadness, joy, or happiness.
No pain.
No thoughts.
No emotions.
We have taken your past away.
No memories.
While suits exercise absolute (life & death) rule over psychic warriors, in all other respects, they are as much victims of the NSA, as are the psychics they command.

________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1(b:)

SEXUAL SLAVES:

The NSA requires both male and female sex slaves as adjuncts to their psychic warfare program (1.2.4b). Sex slaves ranging from 8 years to 40 years old are needed, depending on the particular mission profile and/or objectives. Generally speaking, underage sex slaves are employed in high value political/corporate blackmail missions, while older sex slaves are used to breakup marriages, ruin professional careers, covertly administer NSA supplied drugs, etc. As with psychic children and suits (mission coordinators), individuals are targeted for (involuntary) recruitment. Orphanages, convents, and state run group homes are all used as recruiting grounds for underage sex slaves. Drug/alcohol rehab facilities, women’s shelters, and vocational training centers are prime locations for recruiting older sex slaves. Since most of these organizations are chronically short of funding, money is the prime motivational factor. Their cooperation with the NSA is justified through the simple expedient, that sacrificing a few individuals will help many that otherwise, would not receive any help at all. Of course, these would be do-gooders meticulously avoid any detailed knowledge of what happens to those “few who are sacrificed”…

Preparation for sexual slavery involves both trauma (torture) based training, as well as certain medical procedures designed to make the slave more useful in their future career. Tonsils (if present) are removed and pharyngeal (gag) reflex deadened to make deep oral penetration easily accomplished. For a similar reason, certain drugs are injected along nerve pathways leading to the anal sphincter. Trauma (torture) based training techniques employed on sexual slaves more resemble that of psychic children, than suits (3.2.1a). However, along with the standard Protector, Empathy, Wanting, Memory, etc. personas of a psychic child (2.2.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4), several others personas unique to sexual slaves, are also created. Foremost among these are The One Who Enjoys, and The One Who Desires Safety. During phase one (as the base personality is being shattered – 2.1.3, 2.2.2), all pleasurable sensations and memories of joy are sequestered (segregated) within The One Who Enjoys. Then during phase two training, while The One Who Enjoys persona is invoked (via trigger word or keying gesture), the future slave is taught to perform various sexual activities, and fetishes, thereby linking these with sensations of physical gratification and emotional enjoyment. Finally, this persona is merged back into the base personality, creating a slave who is not only proficient at, but also derives intense snesations of pleasure from, any sexual act regardless of how perverse, painful, and/or demeaning.

A sexual slave must work in a variety of situations, from parties and other gatherings where promiscuity is useful, to more traditional one on one assignments where pseudo-monogamy is required. Furthermore (depending on their assignment), they may need to have (manifest) a hetero, homo, bi, or pansexual orientation. The One Who Desires Safety persona is used to control these aspects of slave behavior. This persona is created during phase one torture sessions (2.1.3, 2.2.2), by instructing the future slave to put all of their desires for safety in one place (accompanied by a keying gesture). Later, during phase two training (2.3.1), the persona is trained to associate the desire for personal safety, with overt control and ownership by others. This persona will remain hidden, and exert subliminal influence over the dominate personality. Sexual tasking is accomplished by invoking the persona (using trigger word or keying gesture), then showing the slave a picture of his/her target, accompanied by the phrase: “this person will keep you safe”. In a similar manner, promiscuous behavior is achieved by using the phrase: “There is safety in large groups” or “you are safest among many people”.
As with The Protector persona (2.3.3), once more we see the inside out, black is white logic of human slavery. The quintessential trademark of NSA brainwashing techniques.

________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1 (c:)

HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION:

There have been numerous eye witness accounts of facilities in America, where large numbers of children are being held captive in cages. As vile and revolting as these eye wittiness accounts may seem, nonetheless, they are accurate. These children are used as test animals in NSA funded medical experiments and pharmaceutical trails. The children are harvested from the streets of American cities and housed under conditions that closely approximate that of a mass production chicken farm. Large metal sheds are used, with row upon row of wire cages, stacked three or four high. Sanitation is accomplished by twice daily wash down, using a cold water hose. The children are fed and watered using dog bowls. Diet consists of commercial (pellet) animal feed, similar to dry dog food. At one end of the shed, several (FEMA style) single wide mobile modular structures house the operating/examination rooms, pharmacy, and administrative offices. Prior to arrival, the children are injected with a drug that washes away all traces of personality and memory, leaving behind nothing more than a diffuse sense of loss and loneliness. The buildings are eerily quiet, since the children have lost all language skills, and do not even cry…

Hundreds of these facilities are scattered across the American continent…

Unlike surgery performed at hospitals, where long term survival and health of the patient are considered the yardstick of success. Surgical procedures inflicted upon the experimental test children are exploratory in nature. In other words, the procedures are intended to investigate “what if” medical questions. For example, what happens if a certain section of the liver is destroyed? Or what happens if a particular artery (or vein) is removed or blocked? Because many of these children die on the operating table, and those who survive only live for a few days, no attempt is made to maintain antiseptic conditions within the operating room.
Like the cages, a cold water wash down is considered sufficient. Anesthetic is never used because the children do not respond coherently to the sensation of pain. Dead children are stuffed into garbage bags and stacked by the incinerator to be burned at night, when the smoke (and smell) are less noticeable. Pharmaceutical testing is no less cruel or barbaric. The NSA operates in partnership with most American pharmaceutical corporations. The pharmaceutical corporations supply the drugs, the NSA supplies the test animals (children), and they jointly share research data. The NSA is particularly interested in ANY drug or chemical compound that exerts an effect on the CNS (central nervous system).

As a side note: Many American citizens are aware that Canadian prescription drug prices are significantly lower. This is true, even for prescription drugs manufactured in America and exported to Canada. The primary reason for increasing drug prices in America, is a frenzied search for the holy grail of mind altering drugs. A chemical compound that will remove all traces of desire for personal autonomy (free will), while leaving learned physical and cognitive skills intact. This is the motivation behind a covert alliance of American pharmaceutical corporations and the federal government. Although American government could exert regulatory power over consumer prescription drug pricing, it does not choose to do so. In return, pharmaceutical corporations spend billions of dollars on NSA directed mind control research. However, to successfully compete in drug export markets, American pharmaceutical corporations are forced to sell their products in other countries at fair market value. Hence the wide disparity between Canadian and American prescription drug prices. This “devils pact” between drug manufactures and American government also explains why government officials were so quick to act, attempting to bar American citizens from purchasing prescription drugs in Canada. Concern expressed by FDA officials over the safety of (re)imported prescription drugs amounts to little more than a feeble attempt to prop up pharmaceutical industry profits (and NSA mind control research). Remember, this is the same FDA that allowed continued use of an ineffective (but NSA condoned) prescription drug on pregnant woman for eighteen years (3.2.2).

______________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.2

LEGAL FICTIONS:

A number of laws are supposed to limit the type of activities NSA personnel may undertake, as well as the geographic scope of those activities. For example, FISA (foreign intelligence surveillance act of 1978) was originally intended to limit government surveillance of American citizens. However, in recent years, the legislation has been amended and distorted to the point where, in its present form, FISA is little more that a defense for any government surveillance activity (no matter how egregious), and a one_size_fits_all blanket of immunity for the private telecommunications industry. Clearly, in this context, the American government operates under the guiding principal that privacy is a right, exclusively reserved for those who originate, implement, and execute government policy.

As originally enacted, FISA was also supposed to limit the geographic scope of NSA activities. The NSA has employed a different tactic to circumvent this limitation. Domestic surveillance field operatives are not directly employed by the NSA. They work for shell companies, owned by former NSA (or DoD) employees who have taken early retirement, then operate as private contracting companies. While these private companies receive tasking instructions from, and supply surveillance intelligence to the NSA, there is no direct (traceable) connection between the NSA and the domestic surveillance operatives. ALL communications between domestic surveillance operatives and the NSA moves through secure computer links and/or satellite based cell phones. None of the field operatives are even aware of who they are really working for, or where their tasking instructions originate. This same tactic is used to hide ownership of smaller psychic warfare ops centers (see last paragraph, section 1.2.1), and other domestic installations used by the NSA.

As a side note, one particularly intriguing aspect of this domestic network, is the use of purpose built dormitories specifically designed to resemble motels. Many operate under the name “Day Inn”, and are easily mistaken by the casual observer as part of the (non-government controlled) Days Inn nationwide chain of motels. However, the NSA controlled Day Inn motels have several distinguishing characteristics (besides the name) that make identification possible.
The Day Inn lacks the distinctive Sun Burst logo used on Days Inn motel signs.
Even when the parking lot is almost empty, the Day Inn sign will show “No Vacancy”.
These fake motels are found in locations that make no sense from a commercial business perspective. For example, in the middle of an industrial district.

If you try to book a room at the front desk, you will be told that check in is by reservation only.

Many of these NSA controlled dormitories are used to house Suits and Technicians (1.2.2) assigned to the smaller psychic warfare ops centers (see last paragraph, section 1.2.1). While Technicians are civilian contractors, Suits carry DoD (department of defense) identification cards and government issued credit cards.
CAUTION!

Suits have undergone trauma based programming (3.2.1a), and carry concealed hand guns (with silencers). If for any reason they believe their mission has been detected and/or compromised, they are hard wired (brainwashed) to kill them selves (and anyone else around them). For this reason, the author urges EXTREME caution when observing or investigating ANY installation believed to be under NSA control.

Along with the use of shell companies, early retirement of NSA/DoD personnel, legislative perversion, and legal reinterpretation (3.1.5), the NSA also co-ops corporations, small business owners, charitable foundations, and religious institutions into its web of illegal domestic operations. The recruitment tactics include sweetheart bank loans, bribery, blackmail, intimidation, protection from prosecution, sexual pandering, and illicit drugs. However, no mater what recruitment method is employed, the end result is always the same. The targeted organization takes all the risks, and the NSA reaps all the benefits. In this sense, domestic NSA operations quite often bear more resemblance to an organized crime racketeering operation, than anything one would reasonably associate with a legitimate government agency. Regardless of the actual technique, method, or tactic employed by the NSA to accomplish its government mandated objectives. Minimizing any possibility of exposure or traceable connection to illegal domestic activities, is always the agencies first priority and overriding concern. Furthermore, just like any organized crime syndicate, the NSA will take whatever action is necessary (including murder) to guarantee its continued immunity from legal prosecution and/or public retribution.

In conclusion, the NSA psychic warfare program, along with its other domestic operations, are cloaked in nothing more substantial than a thin tissue of lies, subterfuge, and legal fictions…

________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.3

HVT TECHNOLOGY:

HVT – Acronym: High Value Target. These individuals include politicians, influential journalists, business executives, entrepreneurs, popular entertainers, innovative educators, scientists, etc.

The NSA employs a number of EM (electromagnetic) based technologies on those individuals they consider to be an HVT. Foremost among these technologies is the high power psychotronic transceiver (PT). While the cell phone network is sufficient for wide area coverage and one shot targeted strikes (see 1.2.4c & companion paper entitled “Remote Mind Control”), when long term 24/7 coverage is required, the NSA relies on multiple dedicated PTs, aimed at the HVT residence and/or workplace.

Each PT consists of:
Small dish style transmit/receive antenna
(Fig. 1 below) aimed at the HVT location.
Transceiver electronics package.
Large satellite dish linking PT back into the NSA psychotronics network.

Fig. 1 – Psychotronics transmit/receive antenna

In residential neighborhoods, NSA field operatives (posing as FBI agents) will contact homeowners near the HVT location, asking permission to place a “radio monitoring device” (PT) in a spare bed room for “national security” use. The NSA operatives are always very polite, and offer to compensate the homeowner for use of their bed room (generally $1000 to $1500 per month). With the allure of monthly cash, most homeowners are more than willing to cooperate. Optimal PT targeting involves pointing the transmit/receive antenna (figure 1), through a window having an unobstructed line of sight to HVT location. Alternant PT antenna sites include cell phone towers, high rise building roof tops, and government offices. PT antennas in outdoor locations have a white or gray plastic weather dome covering the dish. In extreme circumstances, the HVT may have as many as 10 PTs encircling his/her location. Besides fixed location PTs tied into the psychotronics satellite network, the NSA also deploys (SWAT style) teams equipped with portable PTs, for use against HVTs in remote domestic or overseas locations. The team will consist of one (or more) Suits (1.2.2, 3.2.1a), several psychics (often brother/sister or twins), and one (or more) techs. Depending on the mission parameters, teams may also include a specialist, trained in psychiatry or internal medicine.

One side effect of PT operation, is a subtle but very distinctive psycho-acoustic phenomena, perceived by the HVT as a high pitched “zipping” sound, lasting mere fractions of a second. These perceived sounds generally happen in pairs (or triplets), with random intervals between pairs. The phenomena is most noticeable in quiet environments (bedrooms, studies, etc.). Detection of this psycho-acoustic phenomena is incontrovertible evidence of NSA targeting. Starting in the early 1990s, hand held devices capable of inducing a deep hypnotic (trance like) mental state, have been deployed by the NSA for use in situations where direct one on one confrontation and/or control of a human target is necessary. The device makes use of an asymmetrical microwave modulation technique to produce TMS (transcranial magenetic stimulation) within the frontal lobes, inhibiting volitional thought, thereby rendering the target immobile and extremely suggestible. A side effect of frontal lobe stimulation by this device, is a very odd visual/acoustical artifact. It consists of a glowing ring of pulsating light, accompanied by a deep (synchronized) throbbing sound. Once the device is switch off, subjects recover full volitional cognition within 30 to 90 seconds.

Another EM based system deployed against HVTs uses directed microwave energy to generate/catalyze free radical cross linking reactions within the human body, thereby damaging key metabolic pathways. The overall result being a rapid decline in health and vitality. The directed microwave generator is tripod mounted, and resembles a stove pipe, approximately 5 foot long and eighteen inches in diameter. The generator has two connections for water cooling lines, and one for high voltage cabling to the power supply cabinet. Peak microwave beam power is around 4000 watts, and is effective at distances of two miles or more. At distances under one mile, effects are prompt and devastating. Primary power is generally supplied from a 220V electric range/clothes dryer outlet. The system operates unattended, with control/management handled via auto-answer modem and dedicated phone line. System components have no markings indicating manufacturer, neither are there any visible model or serial numbers. Apparently, the NSA (and its corporate accomplices) have no desire to take credit for their handiwork…

Several other EM based weapons are also used on HVTs. Most are designed to either disrupt key biological processes (such as heart muscle contractions), or brain neurotransmitters (such as dopamine).

Click Here to view Wikipedia article on Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (opens in a new browser window).

_______________________________________________________________________________________
3.3.1

SUMMARY:

Throughout this essay, I have tried to present the facts, devoid of any emotional bias. In this effort, I have failed miserably. And as a consequence, I’ve seriously depleted the inventory of derogatory adjectives, available within the English lexicon. Neither do I believe any sane individual could have remained emotionally detached, while traveling the road of discovery that made this essay both possible AND obligatory. However, when stripped of all its secrecy and mystique, the NSA is best characterized as little more than a psychopathic advertising agency, promoting a product (government sponsored slavery) no one really wants. While their marketing techniques are, to say the least, unconventional. Their message is as old as humanity itself. i.e. Do as we say, or we will hurt you.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3.2

DISCLAIMER:

ALL information contained herein is derived from public sources, widely accepted scientific principles, remote viewing, and/or deprogramming sessions of (former) government trained psychics. The author has NO written or verbal agreement with ANY governmental agency forbidding disclosure of the information contained herein. In disclosing this information, the author is exercising (what little remains of) his right to free speech as a private citizen of the United States of America.


THE END OF PART 3

_______________________________________________________________________

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 1—CITADEL OF EVIL

by Steven J. Smith

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 2—A PRISON FOR THE MIND

by Steven J. Smith

● NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY (NSA) — Part 3—COLLATERAL DAMAGE

by Steven J. Smith

_______________________________________________________________________
DIRECT LINK TO THE ORIGINAL ARTICLE BELOW:

http://www.whale.to/b/national_security_agency_nsa3.html

_______________________________________________________________________

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

 

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

THE PHOENIX PROGRAM:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S. military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’ Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.” Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targetingthousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counter-intelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me”,  Alexander says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

 

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

 

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation (institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character. The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent. She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law. A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

 

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000 people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons. Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes. Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections, radioactive isotope studies, and many others. Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges. Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic. During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

(From Fritz Springmeier’s book; ‘Total Mind Controlled Slave’)


The CIA/Illuminati programming centers have more than 600-700 different drugs at their disposal. The following is a partial list of the drugs available for their mind-control (aka MK-Ultra Programming). They can make a person feel like he is in heaven, or burning in hell. The drugs are at times used with elaborate light, sound and motion shows that produce whatever effect the programmer wants to produce. They can make a person believe he is shrinking, or that he is double (with mirrors), or that he is dying. Before describing how drugs are used for programming & control, let us list a few which we know have been used. This list comes from CIA documents obtained from the Freedom of Information Act and from what Multiples used as Programmers remember. Many of the new synthetic drugs are known only to the Illuminati/Intelligence community.:

  • 2-GB (aka CBR, this is a strong hallucinogenic which also helps telepathic communication)
  • 2-CT2 (Produces dark, earthy visual patterns)
  • Acetylcholine (for EEOM, EDOM, and for blocking memory)
  • Adrenalin
  • Aktetron
  • Alcohol
  • Ambien
  • Aminazin
  • Amobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Amobarbital Sodium (hypnotic sedative)
  • Amphetamine (Addictive)
  • Amphetamine Sulphate
  • Analasine
  • Anectine (Succinylcholine, a strong muscle relaxant that makes one feel suffocated and drowning. The person feels terror at thinking he is dying.)
  • Anhalamine
  • Anhalidine
  • Anhaline
  • Anhalonidine
  • Anhalonine
  • Anhalonium
  • Aphrodisiacs (Sexual manipulation by programmers)
  • Aphyllidine
  • Aphyllin
  • Aprobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Atropine (Speeds heart rate given with l.V.)
  • Atrosine
  • BZ (Designer drug ten times more powerful that LSD, produces amnesia)
  • Bambusa
  • Banisterine
  • Baradanga (Truth serum which makes people willing to follow any command)
  • Barbiturate
  • Belladonna (A traditional drug of witches since the middle ages)
  • Benzidrene (Benzedrene, stimulant used w/ other drugs)
  • Benzocaine
  • Bromoharmine
  • Bulbocapnine (Causes a catatonia and stupors)
  • Butabarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Butyl-bromallyl-barbituric Acid
  • Caffeine
  • Caffeine Sodium
  • Calcium Chloride
  • Cannabidiol
  • Can nabinol
  • Cannabis (aka Marijuana, a sedative, change in perception, colors and sounds more distinct, time distorted. This drug is not used much in Monarch Programming because it IMPEDES mind control. It has been experimented with in combination with other drugs as an interrogation tool. The CIA listed it as being used in MK-Ultra, but it served as an experimental drug rather for programming.)
  • Cannabol
  • Caramine
  • Carboline
  • Carbrital
  • Caroegine
  • Chloral Hydrate (a hypnotic sedative, the active sedative ingredientis the metabolite trichloroethanol, goes to work in about 30-60minutes, aka Noctec)
  • Cocaine (Addictive, blackmail, the availability of cocaine may pullup certain alters who are addicted to it)
  • Coffee
  • Coramine
  • Curare (To paralyze the body)
  • Delvinyl Sodium
  • Demerol (A hypnotic, also given as a reward for good learning after an induced headache, is used in the Scramble programming where the victim must overcome its effect to concentrate on what is being said)
  • Desoxyn (Used with Sodium Pentothal for hypnotic trance)
  • Dexedrine (Amphetamine)
  • Di benzo Pyran Derivatives
  • Dicain
  • Doral
  • Dramamine (aka dimenhydrinate, stops motion sickness)
  • Drobinal (for quick access)
  • Ecstasy (aka XTC, Adam, MDMA, this is an illegal designer drug, butit’s used by the government & cult programmers. Empathogens, likeEcstasy, enhance trust between the recipient & the programmer. It’s
    effect lasts for several hours.)
  • Ephedrine (Stops hypotension)
  • Ephetamine
  • Epinephrine (Adrenaline)
  • Ergot
  • Ergotamine
  • Ethanol (To inebriate the victim to induce certain behavior)
  • Ethchlorvynol (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethyl Harmol
  • Epicane
  • Escrine
  • Estazolam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethclorvynol (Hypnotic sedative, effect begins 30 min. afterdigestion, addictive, aka Placidyl)
  • Ether
  • Ethinamate (Hypnotic sedative, aka Valmid)
  • Eucaine
  • Eucodal
  • Eukotal
  • Eunacron
  • Evipal
  • Evipan
  • Evipan Sodium
  • Flurazepam Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)Genoscopolomine
  • Glutethimide (Hypnotic sedative, has withdrawal symptoms, akaDoriden)
  • Halcyn (Blocks explicit memory by impairing hippocampalprocessing)
  • Haliopareael (Tranquilizer)
  • Harmaline
  • Harmalol
  • Harman
  • Harmine
  • Harmine Methiodide
  • Harmol
  • Heroin
  • Hexacol
  • Histadyl
  • Histamine (Causes changes in the skin)
  • Hydractine (or Hydrastine)
  • Hypoloid Soluble HexabarbitoneIcoral
  • Indole
  • Indole Methyllarmine
  • Insulin (Shock for amnesia)
  • Ipecac (To induce vomiting for eating disorder programming)
  • Largatil (A powerful tranquilizer)
  • Lophop-nine
  • Lorazepam (sleep induction, may destroy memory of previous day)
  • LSD-25 (Used to program alters to cut their veins; they want to endtheir nightmare by cutting what seem like white rivers w/ blackthreads or other scary delusions. Can cause psychosis & other effects.
    It’s used in small amounts for interrogations. Its active ingredient is

    psilocybin which can create anxiety & a fear of death.)

  • Lyscorbic Acid
  • MDA (This is a cross between mescaline and amphetamine speed)
  • MDMA (Also known as Adam, this is Ecstasy, see under Ecstasy formore information)
  • MDE (aka Eve, puts someone into a strictly intellectual head trip)
  • Manganese chloride
  • Mellaril (Mood changer)
  • Methaqualone (hypnotic sedative)
  • Methotrimeprazine Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Methy-cocaine
  • Methy-prylon (aka Noludar, helpful for hypnosis, side effects are ahangover & skin rashes.)
  • Metra-ol
  • Midazolam hydrochloride (Hypnovel, versed, hypnotic sedativewhich can cause amnesia)
  • Morphine
  • Morphine Hydrochloride
  • Narco-imal
  • Nembutal
  • Niacin (helpful to stop an LSD trip)
  • Nicotine
  • Nicotinic Acid (stops LSD drug effect)
  • Nikthemine
  • Nitrous Oxide
  • Novacaine
  • Nupercaine
  • Pantocaine
  • Pantopone
  • Parahyx
  • Paraldehyde (Hypnotic sedative, produces sleep in 15 mm., has astrong odor & disagreeable taste)
  • Pellotine
  • Pentobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Pentobarbital Sodium (hHypnotic sedative, if mixed with dextroAmphetamine Sulfate it will half the stage 1 dream time when REMsleep occurs)
  • Pentothal Acid (Helpful for hypnosis)
  • Pentothal Sodium
  • Percaine
  • Pernoston
  • Peyotl (Interrogation, hallucinations)
  • Pheactin
  • Phenamine
  • Phenolic Acid (Injected into expendable children’s hearts to killthem)
  • Pehyl-thio-urethanes
  • Picrate
  • Picrotoxin
  • Procaine
  • Propranolol (calms the mind so it can function better)
  • Pulegone-orcinol
  • Pulegone-olivetol
  • Pyrahexyl
  • Pyramidon
  • Quazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Quinine
  • Reserpine
  • Salsoline
  • Scapalomine S. (good amnesia drug)
  • Scopolomine (Truth serum that makes people willing to dowhatever they are told)
  • Scopolomine Aminoxide Hydrobromide
  • Scopolomine-phetamine-eukotal
  • Secobarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Sodium Amytal (hypnotic sedative that reduces R E M sleep time)
  • Sodium Barbital
  • Sodium Dielvinal
  • Sodium Evipal
  • Sodium Pentobarbital (Nembutal)
  • Sodium Pentothal (Truth serum for interrogation, can be used withhypnosis, can be used with Desoxyn, given in an IV)
  • Sodium Phenobarbital
  • Sodium Rhodanate
  • Sodium Soneryl
  • Sodium Succinate
  • Sodium Thioethamyl
  • Somnifen
  • Stovaine
  • Strychnine
  • Styphnic Acid
  • Sulfazin
  • Sympatol
  • Synhexyl
  • Telepathine
  • Tetra-hydro-cannabinol acetate
  • Tetra-hydro-harman
  • Tetra-hydro-harmine
  • Tropacocaine
  • Tropenone
  • Temazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Thallium (Confuses thinking)
  • Thorazine (Helps bring one out of an LSD trip)
  • Tranquility (A designer drug for programming that makes the victimcompliant, like Baradanga)
  • Triazolam (Hypnotic sedative, somewhat rapid)
  • Yageine
  • Yohimbine Sulphate
  • Zolpidem Tartrate (Hypnotic sedative)

HERBS

When the victim’s body is saturated with all the drugs they can
assimilate, they will receive herbs, which often have a drug effect.

  • Ayahuasca (a vine of Brazil whose alkaloids such as Telapatin aresaid to produce a telepathic state where the recipient can see throughpeople like glass and read their minds.)
  • Bayberry (hemorrhaging)
  • Calamas (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Cayenne Pepper (stimulant)
  • Charcoal (absorbent cleanser)
  • Caladium sequinum (injected into body parts to cause excruciatingpain)
  • Clove Oil (placed in nose for relief from the pain of dental tortures)
  • Hemlock (a poison, used more to kill than for programming)
  • Hops (sleep aid aka Beerflower)
  • Lady’s Slipper (relaxant)
  • Kava Kava (sedative)
  • Mistletoe (for dizziness, and lower blood pressure)
  • Narcissus (anaphrodisiac for males)
  • Opium (enchanting trip)
  • Potions (made from roots, powders, dried blood and animal partsare given.)
  • Rosemary (mild heart tonic)
  • Saffron (sedative)
  • Sage (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Sandlewood & henbane (when burned the fumes cause convulsions& temporary insanity)
  • Skullcap (relaxant)
  • Sunflower Seed Oil (this may be used to help with brain stemscarring)
  • Valarium Root (works just like Valarium, also helps cramps)
  • Witch Hazel (hemorrhaging)
  • Yerba Mate (part of a cerebral tonic)

A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE USE

Religious groups, shamans, medicine men, witches and cults have been using mind altering drugs throughout history. The medieval witches used potions of hemlock and aconite for their flying ointments. These are herbs (natural drugs) which will create delirium. Contemporary witnesses reported that covens during the medieval ages would apply the potion of hemlock and aconite to cause their new witch to go delirious, and then would transport the person to the Sabbat, where they would be told they flew there. The Haitian satanic Vodoun cult, which has been manipulated by the CIA/Illuminati, has sorcerers called bokors. The Vodoun cult in Haiti is being used for trauma-based mind control. One of the items of the cult is to take the plant Datura stramonium and add this plant with other things. The plant is the active ingredient of a potent psychoactive drug, the “zombi cucumber” which produces amnesia and a pseudo-death of the victim. The brain doesn’t die, but the mind is shut off. The victim is brought back to life as a zombie – a slave of the bokor. The powder to create a zombi is called zombificant in French – creole. The ceremonies to kill and resurrect the zombie are full of magic and demonology also. Magic, drugs and demonology have always gone hand in hand. Drugs remove the part of the will that prevents demonic possession. Drugs are considered powerful demonizing substances by the those skilled in Demonology. If demonic possession is seen as part of mind-control, then cocaine, hashish, crack, and some of the other drugs are part of the effort to enslave people. (The power of magic to kill, just as the power of faith can heal, will be discussed in chapter 10.) In Basutoland in Drakersbergs, the Zulu witch-doctors use drugs and trauma to create tokoloshes (mind-controlled zombie slaves). It is said that in recent years, they are using less children and more baboons and monkeys to get tokoloshes. The point is that drugs have been and continue to be used by the occult world for controlling people.

The intelligence agencies working through the U.S. government financed drug research. An example is that Dr. Beecher of Harvard University was given via the U.S. Army Surgeon General’s Office $150,000 to investigate “the development and application of drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological control”. Research into drugs for mind-control began in 1947 at Bethesada Naval Hospital in Maryland. A CIA report described this research as to “isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting psychological entry and control of the individual”. At the California Medical Facility at Vacaville, Dr. Arthur Nugent, conducted research into drugs for mind control under the auspices of the CIA. The Bureau of Narcotics worked with the CIA to establish “safe houses” where drugs which were seized were given to victims. Some other hospitals which began working with the intelligence agencies with dispensing drugs for mind control include Mount Sinai Hospital, Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of Illinois, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, Valley Forge General Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic Clinic, Mayo Clinic, the National Institute of Health, and Letterman Hospital in the Presideo, CA.

The military did drug research/programming at the Army Chemical School in Ft. McClellan, AL and at the Edgewood Chemical Center. In 1958, Dr. Louis Gottschalk, working for the CIA suggested that addictive drugs be used to control people. Some GIs who became addicted to pain killing drugs were subsequently blackmailed by withholding the painkillers until they complied with the demands asked of them. Cocaine has been frequently given to Monarch slaves to get them addicted and give their handlers more control over them. There is spray cocaine, and powdered cocaine, etc. Because the Monarch slaves are used to haul drugs and to launder the drug money, they are right in the middle of large supplies of drugs. If you hear the expression “The snow is falling” it is the Network’s lingo for cocaine. Cocaine is reported to give people a feeling of power and to act as an aphrodisiac.

APPLICATIONS FOR DRUGS IN PROGRAMMING

Drugs are used during programming. Although drugs used to assist programming mean nothing to the common person, they each have a specific purpose within a certain type of programming.

SOME SPECIFIC
USES FOR DRUGS DURING PROGRAMMING INCLUDE:

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

e. CREATING PAIN

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT, a pulsating pain, that runs through the
body

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD
etc.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in conjunction with designer drugs.)

k. HORMONES, FOR INSTANCE GnRH, WHICH REGULATES THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SEXUAL GROWTH. Is given to speed up sexual growth. Other body developments may also be manipulated.

l. TO ENHANCE OR REDUCE MEMORY

m. TO BUILD THE IMAGE OF THE PROGRAMMERS POWER.

At this point, it is appropriate to point out that the personalities of a multiple do not respond uniformly to the same dose of the same drug. Understanding how a drug will effect particular alters is a science in itself. If an alter is holding the body, it will receive more of the effect of a drug. Let’s say Paraldehyde is given to a multiple. A possible reaction would be that some alters will feel no effect, some will be sedated to a drunken stupor, and child alters may be unconscious or hyperactive. Chloral hydrate might put some alters to sleep while others remain wide awake. Sometimes the personality holding the body may fight the influence of a drug to keep the body. Prochlorperazine is sometimes given by therapists to help alters cope with nausea and vomiting. Most alters will be programmed not to accept drugs except from their master. Lithium suppresses alter switching in some systems. An alter to “protect” the system from the therapist’s helpful medications may develop “allergic” responses. Alcohol is a drug. The reaction of an alter System to it will again be varied. Child alters may become unconscious, while the adult alters don’t even become inebriated by large quantities of hard liquor. Within males, dangerous violent personalities may take the body. Within the medical world, often an approximate correct dosage will work. However, with the programming the doses must be extremely fine tuned. Some of the best skilled medical doctors and assistants help with the programming. The Illuminati will initially give the small child a small dose of a drug. They will chart its effect, give it a urinalysis to see how long it stays in the body etc. This is just the testing stage, they are not doing any programming. A number of drugs will be tested, but only one at a time. They clear a child’s body of a drug before they give it another one. They prefer not to mix meds. They will start small to insure they don’t overdose and then increase the dosage until they notice the correct behavior pattern. This will be charted in detail on the slave’s chart. Each child’s body chemistry is different, so the suggested dosages are only ball park figures which are not precise enough. If too much of a drug is given, the programmers can easily turn a child into a psychotic basket case. One of the secrets of the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies is that they have secret antidotes for most medications, which, if they have to give them to a child, then they will. They will use an antidote, for instance, to keep a child from going into heart failure. The Programmers will have some helpful drugs and herbs on stock too. It is reported that Glutamic Acid (1000 mg. 3 times/day) will take care of the intense headaches that alters get from lots of switching. Witch hazel leaves and comfrey root will help internal bleeding.

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

About 90% of the population can be placed into the somnambulistic (the deepest) hypnotic trance possible simply by giving them hypnotic drugs. The prior list on pages 47-50 gives over 2 dozen drugs that can be used to assist taking someone in hypnotic trance. Special drugs have been designed which will place someone into a deep trance very quickly. If an alter is not being cooperative when they are accessed, they can be locked in place mentally and given a quick shot of a fast-acting hypnotic-inducing drug. One drug which was popular for programming was demerol, which would be administered intravenously (an IV). It takes about 5-7 minutes to take full effect after administration via an I.V. The dosage can be administered so that the effect remains until the programming session is over. It may be administered about every half hour if appropriate. Children will receive 1 to 2.2 mg/kg dose. Another drug, a truth serum, also consistently works on people making them totally compliant to any directive. Under Baradanga people will give their bank account numbers and anything else a person might want. These type of drugs are almost sufficient in themselves to get compliance out of a person. If one realizes that these drugs are used in conjunction to torture, elaborate systems of lies and deception, trauma-bonds, and all the rest of the sciences of mind-control used in the programming, it is easy to see how they are producing totally compliant human robots.

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS AND
PAIN.

Much of the training in this area is based upon the child’s horror and fear toward the all powerful master programmer. When the programmer wants the child’s alters to learn to trance deeper, he will give a drug that the alter doesn’t like. The child’s alter will then be told to go deeper into the mind if they want to escape the effect of the drug. This enforces the dissociative state being trained for the alter. The suggestion or story line that is given to the alter is frequently the picture of a train. The child is told that the conductor is at the front of the train, but he must move to the back of the train through the train cars. The child is taught to count cars when they go by as if they were steps in the mind. This is training the child to descend into deeper levels of the subconscious. The train illustration has been used by programmers when they want the child to remember the drug experience. The programmer wants this experience remembered – at least for a while because it helps increase the child’s fear. If the programmer wants the child to forget the drug experience while learning trance depths, then the imagery of a plane taking off and disappearing in the clouds works.

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

Drugs will be used to enhance the spinning effect when the mind is being programmed to have vortexes and to set up traps within the slave’s mind. One particular drug enhances the trauma by 100 times. Drugs can be useful for instance, to enhance a child’s terror of the experience of this child being placed in a small box in the fetal position for 24 hours. This helps shorten the programming time, and it also make the programming more intense. The programmers know what antidotes to give to pull the child out of the enhancement. Marijuana enhances perception of color and noise, but it is not used to enhance trauma. The mind does not program well under marijuana. That is why there has been such a big campaign to keep it illegal, even though many studies show it to be safer than alcohol.

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

Various hallucinogenic drugs, LSD included, will produce an out of body experience for the victim, if the drugs are administered correctly. The Programmer will prepare the victim with various information and story lines during the administration of the drug. Monarch slaves who are being deprogrammed, may have a memory where their skin feels inflamed and itchy, like a bad mosquito bite. The experience may also have the sensation of floating in an unreal world. This may well be an LSD trip given the slave during experimentation and programming. The CIA was using LSD beginning in the very early part of the 1950s. Several victims report that some type of potion causes a person to dream while they are awake. PCP which is “angel dust” is one way to disconnect the cortex from the limbic system and go into an altered state.

e. CREATING PAIN

This is done with a long list of drugs. Drops of salt water and pepper water are applied to the eyes of victims to make their eyes sting. Another pain in the eye takes place when lights are flashed signalling, “I love you, I love you not”. The child is pulled two ways by this message. Dr. Green Mengele) enjoyed pulling daisy petals while saying these words. If the last petal was “I love you not”. the child would be put to death. Surviving children were left traumatized.

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT

Blood pressure is raised by drugs and then certain drugs are added which make the veins burn. The alter is taught to cut the burning veins. This is programming which is laid in to control the slave from straying from the script he or she is given. If they stray, then a cutting program is activated which was laid in via a combination of drugs in the method just stated.

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

The control of histamine production is an important secret ingredient to the Monarch Mind Control. The breast implants placed into women help stimulate histamine production, which is used in conjunction with drug-
assisted programming (See Chapter 8.)

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS; NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD..
etc.

A programmer working with a hallucinogenic drug can make an alter believe that it has lost a particular body part. Because most of these
alters have little memory or no memory and little frame of reference, what they are told while under the influence of drugs seems very real to them.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

Some alters don’t like to stay in position. But through the use of drugs, and the side effect of drugs, they soon learn the importance of staying in position. If they are disobedient, the memory of the bad side effects from not staying in position in the mind can be pulled up by a code and the alter can relive the pain from having disobediently moved from position. This is very effective in teaching alters to stay in their little position that is assigned them in the mind.

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in
conjunction with designer drugs.)

An example of how drugs can be important is as follows. The neurons in the hippocampus which is part of the memory process use acetylcholine. Drugs that block acetylcholine interfere with memory. The neurons and the chemical neural transmitters are understood much better today. Where and how a thought is created in the brain is understood by the programmers in detail. No one is in a position to physically prevent the Illuminati and others from taking their children and others to labs where chemicals and harmonics can be used in sophisticated computer guided ways to implant thoughts into the children’s minds. As the child’s brain is shaped according to its environment, the level of everyday brain chemicals and the shape of the various areas of the brain can be determined by the programmers. This is why a recent article on Prozac (Newsweek, Feb. 7, 1994) uses a quote from Alice In Wonderland for its title, “One pill makes you larger, and one pill makes you small”. This article (on page 38) quotes brain researcher Restak, “For the first time, we will be in a position to design our own brain.” On the previous page in big letters it reads, “Scientific insights into the brain are raising the prospect of made-to-order, off-the-shelf personalities”.

Another programming modality assisted by drugs is behavior modification. Aversion therapy using a vomit-inducing drug is used on children. Another example of drugs helping assist programming is to give someone LSD and then interview the child while it is hallucinating. The hallucinations are then used as programming building blocks by using hypnotic techniques.

One way to build on an LSD trip is to tell the child if they ever do a particular thing (such as touch programming, remember programming, and integrate parts, etc.) the victim is to go crazy and hallucinate like they are presently doing. This means that they will be locked up in a crazy house for the rest of their life. Rather than be put in straight-jackets with other crazy people it would be better for the person to commit suicide. By constantly reinforcing this message, some alters will adopt the script “that they are doing the body good to kill it if any alter personality touches the programming”, because otherwise the body will
be locked up in a crazy house.

Drugs are used in programming to establish a pattern or a script. There must be a pattern of dissociation. Parts can’t just dissociate into nothing, otherwise there would be nothing to build on. Drugs will play a major role in the structuring of the alter system, which is covered in chapter 7.

The child doesn’t know where the effect of the drug is coming from. The programmer will take credit for the power of the drug. Whoever administers the drug has power in the child’s mind. The mind wants to be
safe.

I am familiar with a recent example here in Oregon of someone who escaped from being sacrificed at a Satanic Ritual. The legal system told the woman she was crazy when she reported to the police that she had escaped from a Satanic Ritual where they were going to sacrifice her. To control her, the judge ordered 3 types of antipsychotics, twice the normal dose of two kinds of lithium carbonate to put her into a lethargic stupor, Paxil as an antidepressant, and Benztropine mesylate as an anti-parkinsonian agent. The antipsychotics were Thiothixene, Thioridazine hydrochloride, and Perphenazine which are all addictive. This woman may or may not be a multiple. But this clearly shows the type of mental control via drugs that could be slapped onto someone who dares report Satanic activity to an establishment which has been sadly corrupted from top to bottom.

One victim of government mind control tried to get free. The first psychiatrist the person tried to go to was cooperating with U.S. Intelligence and gave her Stelazine, which aggravated the victim’s situation. When the victim spied a general’s uniform in the closet of this psychiatrist, she got another psychiatrist, who unfortunately turned out to be an ex-DoD employee. He placed her on Haldol Decanoate, Klonopin, and Benzatropine. The combined effect of these drugs is to erase memory, and create a dissociative disorder. All of the drugs were highly addicted. Another fleeing victim was given Trazodone by a physician who was cooperating with the Intelligence agencies. This almost gave the victim a heart attack because it aggravated her heart condition. And yet another escaping victim apparently also fell prey to dirty CIA doctors who were practicing in public without warning people of their intelligence connections. This victim was given a combination of Compazine and Xanax, in dosages that the Physicians Desk Reference warns against. The doctor, who prescribed this, worked out of an office named after an MK Ultra programmer. There are other important things to mention about when drugs are used in Monarch programming.

SOME OF THE CAUTIONS THAT
THE PROGRAMMERS ARE ALERT TO INCLUDE:

a. WATCHING THE HEART SO THAT IT DOESN’T STOP.

Many of the children who have been programmed have died from heart failure. The programmers are very careful to have heart monitors on the victim, and to have paddles ready to revive the body. Because so much of their drugging affects the heart, they accept that they will lose a few to heart failure.

b. MAKING SURE THAT DRUGS AREN’T GIVEN TO CHILDREN WHO ARE ALLERGIC TO
THEM.

The programmers take the time to insure that they have the family histories of allergies to drugs, and they will test the children too, before proceeding with drugs. They not oniy learn the family & individual responses to drugs, but they can test during programming to determine a drug’s blood level in a child. For instance, pentobarbital at a blood level of 5 mcg/ml aids hypnosis, at 15 makes the victim comatose with reflexes, and at 30 makes the person comatose w/ extreme difficulty in breathing. In everyday life, 30 mcg/ml would kill the child.

Pentobarbital blood levels can be tested by an enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique. For longer-acting Phenobarbital gas chromatography is used. TCA’s are tested by radioimmunoassay, high-perf. liquid chromatography and thin layer chromatography. Some hypnotics are tested by colorimetry, photometry and spectrophotometry.

c. SWITCHING TO HERBS WHEN THE BODY IS SATURATED WITH DRUGS.

When the child’s body has had all the manufactured drugs it can absorb, the programmers switch to a vast collection of natural herbs.

d. PROVIDING THE ANTIDOTE FOR AIDS. Monarch Slaves are routinely given the antidote for AIDS and have been since the 1960s-1970s.

e. KNOWING HOW MUCH OF A DRUG EACH PART CAN TAKE, SMALL YOUNG ALTER CAN’T TAKE AS MUCH.

Multiples within a single system have varying levels of tolerance toward drugs. A small child alter may be killed by an adult dosage, even though the age of the body is that of an adult. The programmers are acutely aware of how to deal with multiple personalities.

f. PROVIDING SALT TO BALANCE THE ELECTROLYTES IN THE MIND OF A PROGRAMMED MULTIPLE PERSONALITY.

An electrolyte imbalance can cause a multiple personality’s mind to go wacky and start spinning. The Multiple could possibly go into shock and die. The programmers are very experienced in understanding the unique requirements of a multiple personality.

g. AN IMPORTANT PLANT EXTRACT FOR WATCHING BRAIN WAVE ACTIVITY IS THE
LARGE PLANT ENZYME HORSERADISH PEROXIDASE (HRP).

Perhaps it would be worthwhile to briefly mention that all the major chemical and drug companies are run by the Illuminati. It would take a book to explain who controls what and how they connect in, and this author could write it. Instead, we will try to give a quick over view. Rather than cover 2 dozen large drug companies, three major drug companies have been randomly selected to show a quick view of how all the drug companies are deeply involved with Monarch mind-control programming. Since the purpose of this book is to show how the mind control is done–this sample of names is given only to convey to the reader that the drugs that the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies need are never in short supply. And the labs to develop designer drugs for mind-control are not in short supply either.

ELI LILLY CO.- Trustee of Eli Lilly Endowment Walter William Wilson – Illuminati, married to Helen Scudder (of the wealthy powerful Scudder family), prominent partner of Morgan, Stanley & Co. controlled by Henry Morgan also a member of the Illuminati. Executive Vice-pres. of Eli Lilly Landrum Bolling, represented Eli Lilly at the secret annual Dartmouth conferences, overseen by the Illuminati. Chairman of Eli Lilly Richard D. Wood, dir, of the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Chemical Bank of NY, and the Amer. Enterprise Inst. for Public Policy Research. Dir. Eli Lilly C. William Verity, Jr., dir. Chase Manhattan Bank and assoc. with U.S. intelligence, and works with Mrs. Rockefeller as a member of USTEC. Dan Quayle and George Bush (CIA director and Monarch handler) have been part of Eli Lilly management too.

MANSANTO CHEMICAL COMPANY – President Earle H. Harbison, Jr.-CIA. and director of Bethesada General Hospital where they program Monarch slaves. He is also the president of the Mental Health Association.

STERLING DRUG CO. (an I.G. Farben spinoff) -connected to the Krupp Illuminati family. Chairman W. Clark Wescoe, dir of the super secret Tinker Foundation which is a CIA foundation. Dir. Gordon T. Wallis, Illuminati, dir, of the Fed. Reserve Bank of NY, CFR, Director Martha T. Muse, CIA, pres. of the Tinker Foundation, dir. of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem (Knights of Malta), and dir. of Georgetown Center for Strategic Studies


SUMMARY

As the reader can see, the use of drugs in the Monarch Trauma-based Mind Control is extensive and requires skilled technicians, nurses, and doctors. Because of the long-held control by the Illuminati families over narcotics and drug manufacture/sales, there is no difficulty for the programmers to get large quantities of secret designer drugs. The minor occult cults have to get by with a more limited supply of mind altering drugs, unless they directly connect in with the bigger picture. The power of drugs to control a person’s life is not absolute -although someone who lives with a cocaine addict or alcoholic might disagree – but when coupled with all the other methods in a sophisticated system of mind-control, drugs just further reinforce the absolute power of the Illuminati over an individual.

SOCIALISM MEANING

SOCIALISM MEANING

noun

so·cial·ism | sō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

DEFINITION OF SOCIALISM =

1: any of various economic and political theories advocating collective or governmental ownership and administration of the means of production and distribution of goods

2: a system of society or group living in which there is no private property

b: a system or condition of society in which the means of production are owned and controlled by the state

3: a stage of society in Marxist theory transitional between capitalism and communism and distinguished by unequal distribution of goods and pay according to work done

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage GuideCommunism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy Example Sentences Learn More about socialism

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage Guide

In the many years since socialism entered English around 1830, it has acquired several different meanings. It refers to a system of social organization in which private property and the distribution of income are subject to social control, but the conception of that control has varied, and the term has been interpreted in widely diverging ways, ranging from statist to libertarian, from Marxist to liberal. In the modern era, “pure” socialism has been seen only rarely and usually briefly in a few Communist regimes. Far more common are systems of social democracy, now often referred to as democratic socialism, in which extensive state regulation, with limited state ownership, has been employed by democratically elected governments (as in Sweden and Denmark) in the belief that it produces a fair distribution of income without impairing economic growth.

 

Communism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy

Communism is one of our top all-time lookups, and user comments suggest that’s because it is often used in opaque ways. In some sources, communism is equated with socialism; in others, it is contrasted with democracy and capitalism. Part of this confusion stems from the fact that the word communism has been applied to varying political systems over time. When it was first used in English prose, communismreferred to an economic and political theory that advocated the abolition of private property and the common sharing of all resources among a group of people, and it was often used interchangeably with the word socialism by 19th-century writers. The differences between communism and socialism are still debated, but generally English speakers used communism to refer to the political and economic ideologies that find their origin in Karl Marx’s theory of revolutionary socialism, which advocates a proletariat overthrow of capitalist structures within a society, societal and communal ownership and governance of the means of production, and the eventual establishment of a classless society. The most well-known expression of Marx’s theories is the 20th-century Bolshevism of the U.S.S.R., in which the state, through a single authoritarian party, controls a society’s economy and social activities with the goal of realizing Marx’s theories.

Communism is often contrasted with capitalism and democracy, though these can be false equivalencies depending on the usage. Capitalism refers to an economic theory in which a society’s means of production are held by private individuals or organizations, not the government, and where prices, distribution of goods, and products are determined by a free market. It can be contrasted with the economic theories of communism, though the word communism is used of both political and economic theories. Democracyrefers to a system of government in which supreme power is vested in the people and exercised through a system of direct or indirect representation which is decided through periodic free elections. Democracy is contrasted with communism primarily because the 20th-century communism of the U.S.S.R. was characterized by an authoritarian government, whereas the democracy of the 20th-century U.S. was characterized by a representative government.

 

EXAMPLES OF SOCIALISM IN A SENTENCE

She is quite right, for example, to stress that Thatcher’s crusade against socialism was not merely about economic efficiency and prosperity but that above all, “it was that socialism itself—in all its incarnations, wherever and however it was applied—was morally corrupting”.— Stephen Pollard, New York Times Book Review, 18 Jan. 2009Lenin’s great genius, of course, was for ideology, which was redefined all too often to support the tactical requirements of the moment. But owing to his fanatical conviction of his own righteousness, especially where socialism was concerned, and also to the Promethean force of his will, his pronouncements were enshrined by his followers as universal truths.— Michael Scammell, New Republic, 20 Dec. 1999

 

Recent Examples on the Web

Today, when higher education tends to be far more inclusive of different populations, college strikes many people as socialism.— Chuck Thompson, Popular Mechanics, “The State of American Trade Schools,” 13 Mar. 2019From the 1940s, city policymakers and real estate agents found common ground, both campaigning against funding for public housing in urban areas, the former dismissing it as socialism, while the latter stood to lose profits.— Mychal Denzel Smith, The New Republic, “How America became over-policed,” 5 June 2018

These example sentences are selected automatically from various online news sources to reflect current usage of the word ‘socialism.’ Views expressed in the examples do not represent the opinion of Merriam-Webster or its editors. Send us feedback.

maxresdefault (1)248298_imagesocialism650x3901_XPK07h1CJc0_aFalZIfXSw1_zi25pBJzYyqKePsuV9EA1wsheep goatsmaxresdefault (2)Capture-1-673x0-c-defaultDSA-Featured-678x381images (4)tlc-09685275f54f82e9fcc0702fb0fd9db81e6f389aimages (6)

https://www.hoover.org/research/why-socialism-fails

 

images (3)

images (5)Socialism

 

SEE MORE:

First Known Use of socialism

1833, in the meaning defined at sense 1

Trending Words from Election 2016

Dictionary Entries near socialism

social insect

social insurance

socialise

socialism

socialist

Socialist labor

socialist realism

Statistics for socialism

1: A way of organizing a society in which major industries are owned and controlled by the government rather than by individual people and companies

See the full definition forsocialism in the English Language Learners Dictionary

SOCIALISM

noun

so·cial·ism\ˈsō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

Kids Definition ofsocialism

1: A social system or theory in which the government owns and controls the means of production (as factories) and distribution of goods

More from Merriam-Webster on socialism

Rhyming Dictionary: Words that rhyme with socialism

Thesaurus: All synonyms and antonyms for socialism

Spanish Central: Translation of socialism

English: Translation of socialism for Spanish Speakers

Britannica English: Translation of socialism for Arabic Speakers

Britannica.com: Encyclopedia

SOCIALISM
socialism/ˈsəʊʃəlɪz(ə)m/

noun

A political and economic theory of social organization which advocates that the means of production, distribution, and exchange should be owned or regulated by the community as a whole.

SYNONYMS:
Leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

Policy or practice based on the political and economic theory of socialism.

SYNONYMS:
leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

(in Marxist theory) a transitional social state between the overthrow of capitalism and the realization of Communism.

MASCULINE NAME:

1.
Doctrine of social organization, which intends to make prevail the general interest on the particular interests, by means of a concerted organization (opposed to liberalism).
Reform Socialism and Revolutionary Socialism.

2.
POLICY (VOCABULARY MARXIST)
Transitional phase between the disappearance of capitalism and the establishment of communism.

ABOUT SOCIALISM

Socialism is a range of
economic and social systems, characterised by social ownership of the means of production and workers’ self-management, as well as the political theories and movements associated with them. Social ownership can be public, collective or cooperative ownership, or citizen ownership of equity. There are many varieties of socialism and there is no single definition encapsulating all of them,
with social ownership being the common element shared by its various forms.

Socialist systems are divided into non-market and market forms. Non-market socialism involves the substitution of factor markets and money with engineering and technical criteria based on calculation performed in-kind, thereby producing an economic mechanism that functions according to different
economic laws from those of capitalism. Non-market socialism aims to circumvent the inefficiencies and crises
traditionally associated with
capital accumulation and the profit system. By contrast,
market socialism retains the use of monetary prices, factor markets and in some cases the profit motive, with respect to the operation of socially owned enterprises and the allocation of capital goods between them. Profits generated by these firms would be controlled directly by the workforce of each firm, or accrue to society at large in the form of a social dividend. The socialist calculation debate concerns the feasibility and methods of resource allocation for a socialist system.

Socialist politics has been both internationalist and nationalist in orientation; organised through political parties and opposed to party politics; at times overlapping with trade unions, and at other times independent and critical of unions; and present in both industrialised and developing nations.
Originating within the socialist movement, social democracyhas embraced a mixed economy with a market that includes substantial state intervention in the form of income redistribution, regulation, and a welfare state. Economic democracy proposes a sort of market socialism where there is more decentralized control of companies, currencies, investments, and natural resources.

The socialist political movementincludes a set of political philosophies that originated in the revolutionary movements of the mid-to-late 18th century and out of concern for the social problems that were associated with capitalism.
By the late 19th century, after the work of Karl Marx and his collaborator
Friedrich Engels, socialism had come to signify opposition to capitalism and advocacy for a post-capitalist system based on some form of social ownership of the means of production. By the 1920s,
social democracy
and communism had become the two dominant political tendencies within the international socialist movement. By this time, socialism emerged as “the most influential secular movement of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement” and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism or a non-planned administrative or command economy. Socialist parties
and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism,
feminism and progressivism.
In 21st century America,
the term socialism, without
clear definition, has become a pejorative used by
conservatives to taint liberal
and progressive policies,
proposals, and public figures.

ETYMOLOGY

of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement”[33] and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism[34][35][36] or a non-planned administrative or command economy.[37][38] Socialist parties and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism, feminism and progressivism.[39] In 21st century America, the term socialism, without clear definition, has become a pejorative used by conservatives to taint liberal and progressive policies, proposals, and public figures.[40]

Contents

Etymology

Utopian socialist pamphlet of Rudolf Sutermeister

For Andrew Vincent, “[t]he word ‘socialism’ finds its root in the Latin sociare, which means to combine or to share. The related, more technical term in Roman and then medieval law was societas. This latter word could mean companionship and fellowship as well as the more legalistic idea of a consensual contract between freemen”.[41]

The term “socialism” was created by Henri de Saint-Simon, one of the founders of what would later be labelled “utopian socialism”. Simon coined the term as a contrast to the liberal doctrine of “individualism”, which stressed that people act or should act as if they are in isolation from one another.[42] The original “utopian” socialists condemned liberal individualism for failing to address social concerns during the industrial revolution, including poverty, social oppression and gross inequalities in wealth, thus viewing liberal individualism as degenerating society into supporting selfish egoism that harmed community life through promoting a society based on competition.[42] They presented socialism as an alternative to liberal individualism based on the shared ownership of resources, although their proposals for socialism differed significantly. Saint-Simon proposed economic planning, scientific administration and the application of modern scientific advancements to the organisation of society. By contrast, Robert Owen proposed the organisation of production and ownership in cooperatives.[42][43]

The term “socialism” is also attributed to Pierre Leroux[44] and to Marie Roch Louis Reybaud in France; and in Britain to Robert Owen in 1827, father of the cooperative movement.[45][46]

The modern definition and usage of “socialism” settled by the 1860s, becoming the predominant term among the group of words “co-operative”, “mutualist” and “associationist”, which had previously been used as synonyms. The term “communism” also fell out of use during this period, despite earlier distinctions between socialism and communism from the 1840s.[47] An early distinction between socialism and communism was that the former aimed to only socialise production while the latter aimed to socialise both production and consumption (in the form of free access to final goods).[48] However, Marxists employed the term “socialism” in place of “communism” by 1888, which had come to be considered an old-fashion synonym for socialism. It was not until 1917 after the Bolshevik Revolution that “socialism” came to refer to a distinct stage between capitalism and communism, introduced by Vladimir Lenin as a means to defend the Bolshevik seizure of power against traditional Marxist criticisms that Russia’s productive forces were not sufficiently developed for socialist revolution.[49]

A distinction between “communist” and “socialist” as descriptors of political ideologies arose in 1918 after the Russian Social-Democratic Labour Party renamed itself to the All-Russian Communist Party, where communist came to specifically mean socialists who supported the politics and theories of Leninism, Bolshevism and later Marxism–Leninism,[50] although communist parties continued to describe themselves as socialists dedicated to socialism.[51]

The words “socialism” and “communism” eventually accorded with the adherents’ and opponents’ cultural attitude towards religion. In Christian Europe, communism was believed to be the atheist way of life. In Protestant England, the word “communism” was too culturally and aurally close to the Roman Catholic communion rite, hence English atheists denoted themselves socialists.[52] Friedrich Engels argued that in 1848, at the time when The Communist Manifesto was published, that “socialism was respectable on the continent, while communism was not”. The Owenites in England and the Fourieristsin France were considered “respectable” socialists, while working-class movements that “proclaimed the necessity of total social change” denoted themselves communists. This latter branch of socialism produced the communist work of Étienne Cabet in France and Wilhelm Weitling in Germany.[53] The British moral philosopher John Stuart Mill also came to advocate a form of economic socialism within a liberal context. In later editions of his Principles of Political Economy (1848), Mill would argue that “as far as economic theory was concerned, there is nothing in principle in economic theory that precludes an economic order based on socialist policies”. While democrats looked to the Revolutions of 1848 as a democratic revolution, which in the long run ensured liberty, equality and fraternity, Marxists denounced 1848 as a betrayal of working-class ideals by a bourgeoisie indifferent to the legitimate demands of the proletariat.

HISTORY

.

Main article: History of socialism

cs and a romantic anti-industrialism”[67] which produced theorists such as Edward Bellamy, Frederick Denison Maurice and Charles Kingsley.[74]

The first advocates of socialism favoured social levelling in order to create a meritocratic or technocratic society based on individual talent. Count Henri de Saint-Simon is regarded as the first individual to coin the term “socialism”.[75] Saint-Simon was fascinated by the enormous potential of science and technology and advocated a socialist society that would eliminate the disorderly aspects of capitalism and would be based on equal opportunities.[76][unreliable source?] He advocated the creation of a society in which each person was ranked according to his or her capacities and rewarded according to his or her work.[75] The key focus of Saint-Simon’s socialism was on administrative efficiency and industrialism and a belief that science was the key to progress.[77] This was accompanied by a desire to implement a rationally organised economy based on planning and geared towards large-scale scientific and material progress,[75] thus embodied a desire for a more directed or planned economy. Other early socialist thinkers, such as Thomas Hodgkin and Charles Hall, based their ideas on David Ricardo’s economic theories. They reasoned that the equilibrium value of commodities approximated prices charged by the producer when those commodities were in elastic supply and that these producer prices corresponded to the embodied labour—the cost of the labour (essentially the wages paid) that was required to produce the commodities. The Ricardian socialists viewed profit, interest and rent as deductions from this exchange-value.[citation needed]

West European social critics, including Robert Owen, Charles Fourier, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, Louis Blanc, Charles Hall, and Saint-Simon were the first modern socialists who criticised the excessive poverty and inequality of the Industrial Revolution. They advocated reform, with some such as Robert Owen advocating the transformation of society to small communities without private property. Robert Owen’s contribution to modern socialism was his understanding that actions and characteristics of individuals were largely determined by the social environment they were raised in and exposed to.[77]On the other hand, Charles Fourier advocated phalansteres which were communities that respected individual desires (including sexual preferences), affinities and creativity and saw that work has to be made enjoyable for people.[78] The ideas of Owen and Fourier were tried in practice in numerous intentional communities around Europe and the American continent in the mid-19th century.

Paris Commune

The celebration of the election of the Commune on 28 March 1871—the Paris Commune was a major early implementation of socialist ideas

The Paris Commune was a government that briefly ruled Paris from 18 March (more formally, from 28 March) to 28 May 1871. The Commune was the result of an uprising in Paris after France was defeated in the Franco-Prussian War. The Commune elections held on 26 March elected a Commune council of 92 members, one member for each 20,000 residents.[79] Despite internal differences, the council began to organise the public services essential for a city of two million residents. It also reached a consensus on certain policies that tended towards a progressive, secular and highly democratic social democracy.

Because the Commune was only able to meet on fewer than 60 days in all, only a few decrees were actually implemented. These included the separation of church and state; the remission of rents owed for the entire period of the siege (during which payment had been suspended); the abolition of night work in the hundreds of Paris bakeries; the granting of pensions to the unmarried companions and children of National Guards killed on active service; and the free return, by the city pawnshops, of all workmen’s tools and household items valued up to 20 francs, pledged during the siege.[80] The Commune was concerned that skilled workers had been forced to pawn their tools during the war; the postponement of commercial debt obligations and the abolition of interest on the debts; and the right of employees to take over and run an enterprise if it were deserted by its owner. The Commune nonetheless recognised the previous owner’s right to compensation.[80]

First International

Mikhail Bakunin speaking to members of the International Workingmen’s Association at the Basel Congress in 1869

The International Workingmen’s Association (IWA), often called the First International, was founded in London in 1864. The International Workingmen’s Association united diverse revolutionary currents including French followers of Proudhon,[81] Blanquists, Philadelphes, English trade unionists, socialists and social democrats. The IWA held a preliminary conference in 1865 and had its first congress at Geneva in 1866. Due to the wide variety of philosophies present in the First International, there was conflict from the start. The first objections to Marx came from the mutualists who opposed communism and statism. However, shortly after Mikhail Bakunin and his followers (called collectivists while in the International) joined in 1868, the First International became polarised into two camps headed by Marx and Bakunin respectively.[82] The clearest differences between the groups emerged over their proposed strategies for achieving their visions of socialism. The First International became the first major international forum for the promulgation of socialist ideas.

The followers of Bakunin were called collectivist anarchists and sought to collectivise ownership of the means of production while retaining payment proportional to the amount and kind of labour of each individual. Like Proudhonists, they asserted the right of each individual to the product of his labour and to be remunerated for their particular contribution to production. By contrast, anarcho-communists sought collective ownership of both the means and the products of labour. Errico Malatesta put it: “[I]nstead of running the risk of making a confusion in trying to distinguish what you and I each do, let us all work and put everything in common. In this way each will give to society all that his strength permits until enough is produced for every one; and each will take all that he needs, limiting his needs only in those things of which there is not yet plenty for every one”.[83] Anarcho-communism as a coherent, modern economic-political philosophy was first formulated in the Italian section of the First International by Carlo Cafiero, Emilio Covelli, Errico Malatesta, Andrea Costaand other ex Mazzinian republicans.[84] Out of respect for Mikhail Bakunin, they did not make their differences with collectivist anarchism explicit until after Bakunin’s death.[85]

Syndicalism emerged in France inspired in part by the ideas of Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and later by Fernand Pelloutier and Georges Sorel.[86] It developed at the end of the 19th century out of the French trade-union movement (syndicat is the French word for trade union). It was a significant force in Italy and Spain in the early 20th century until it was crushed by the fascist regimes in those countries. In the United States, syndicalism appeared in the guise of the Industrial Workers of the World, or “Wobblies”, founded in 1905.[86] Syndicalism is an economic system where industries are organised into confederations (syndicates)[87] and the economy is managed by negotiation between specialists and worker representatives of each field, comprising multiple non-competitive categorised units.[88] Syndicalism is thus a form of communism and economic corporatism, but also refers to the political movement and tactics used to bring about this type of system. An influential anarchist movement based on syndicalist ideas is anarcho-syndicalism.[89] The International Workers Association is an international anarcho-syndicalist federation of various labour unions from different countries.

The Fabian Society is a British socialist organisation which was established with the purpose of advancing the principles of socialism via gradualist and reformist means.[90] The society laid many of the foundations of the Labour Party and subsequently affected the policies of states emerging from the decolonisation of the British Empire, most notably India and Singapore. Originally, the Fabian Society was committed to the establishment of a socialist economy, alongside a commitment to British imperialism as a progressive and modernising force.[91] Today, the society functions primarily as a think tank and is one of fifteen socialist societies affiliated with the Labour Party. Similar societies exist in Australia (the Australian Fabian Society), in Canada (the Douglas-Coldwell Foundation and the now disbanded League for Social Reconstruction) and in New Zealand.

Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds”in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[92] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century. Inspired by medieval guilds, theorists such as Samuel G. Hobson and G. D. H. Coleadvocated the public ownership of industries and their organisation into guilds, each of which would be under the democratic control of its trade union. Guild socialists were less inclined than Fabians to invest power in a state.[86] At some point, like the American Knights of Labor, guild socialism wanted to abolish the wage system.[citation needed]

Second International

As the ideas of Marx and Engels took on flesh, particularly in central Europe, socialists sought to unite in an international organisation. In 1889 (the centennial of the French Revolution of 1789), the Second International was founded, with 384 delegates from twenty countries representing about 300 labour and socialist organisations.[93] It was termed the Socialist International and Engels was elected honorary president at the third congress in 1893. Anarchists were ejected and not allowed in, mainly due to pressure from Marxists.[94] It has been argued that at some point the Second International turned “into a battleground over the issue of libertarian versus authoritarian socialism. Not only did they effectively present themselves as champions of minority rights; they also provoked the German Marxists into demonstrating a dictatorial intolerance which was a factor in preventing the British labor movement from following the Marxist direction indicated by such leaders as H. M. Hyndman”.[94]

Reformism arose as an alternative to revolution. Eduard Bernstein was a leading social democrat in Germany who proposed the concept of evolutionary socialism. Revolutionary socialists quickly targeted reformism: Rosa Luxemburgcondemned Bernstein’s Evolutionary Socialism in her 1900 essay Social Reform or Revolution?. Revolutionary socialism encompasses multiple social and political movements that may define “revolution” differently from one another. The Social Democratic Party (SPD) in Germany became the largest and most powerful socialist party in Europe, despite working illegally until the anti-socialist laws were dropped in 1890. In the 1893 elections, it gained 1,787,000 votes, a quarter of the total votes cast, according to Engels. In 1895, the year of his death, Engels emphasised the Communist Manifesto’s emphasis on winning, as a first step, the “battle of democracy”.[95]

Early 20th century

Main articles: History of anarchism § 20th century, Russian Revolution, German Revolution, Biennio Rosso, and Spanish Revolution of 1936

Antonio Gramsci, member of the Italian Socialist Party and later leader and theorist of the Communist Party of Italy

In Argentina the Socialist Party of Argentina was established in the 1890s led by, among others, Juan B. Justo and Nicolás Repetto, thus becoming the first mass party in the country and in Latin America. The party affiliated itself with the Second International.[96] Between 1924 and 1940 it was a member of the Labour and Socialist International.[97] In 1904, Australians elected Chris Watson as the first Australian Labor Party Prime Minister, becoming the first democratically elected social democrat. In 1909, the first Kibbutz was established in Palestine[98] by Russian Jewish Immigrants. The Kibbutz Movement would then expand through the 20th century following a doctrine of Zionist socialism.[99] The British Labour Party first won seats in the House of Commons in 1902. The International Socialist Commission (ISC, also known as Berne International) was formed in February 1919 at a meeting in Bern by parties that wanted to resurrect the Second International.[100]

By 1917, the patriotism of World War I changed into political radicalism in most of Europe, the United States and Australia. Other socialist parties from around the world who were beginning to gain importance in their national politics in the early 20th century included the Italian Socialist Party, the French Section of the Workers’ International, the Spanish Socialist Workers’ Party, the Swedish Social Democratic Party, the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party, the Socialist Party of America in the United States, the Argentinian Socialist Party and the Chilean Partido Obrero Socialista.

Russian Revolution

Main article: Russian Revolution

In February 1917, revolution exploded in Russia. Workers, soldiers and peasants established soviets (councils), the monarchy fell and a provisional government convoked pending the election of a constituent assembly. In April of that year, Vladimir Lenin, leader of the Bolshevik faction of socialists in Russia and known for his profound and controversial expansions of Marxism, was allowed to cross Germany to return to his country from exile in Switzerland.

Lenin had published essays on his analysis of imperialism, the monopoly and globalisation phase of capitalism as predicted by Marx, as well as analyses on the social conditions of his contemporary time. He observed that as capitalism had further developed in Europe and America, the workers remained unable to gain class consciousness so long as they were too busy working and concerned with how to make ends meet. He therefore proposed that the social revolution would require the leadership of a vanguard party of class-conscious revolutionaries from the educated and politically active part of the population.[101]

Upon arriving in Petrograd, Lenin declared that the revolution in Russia was not over but had only begun, and that the next step was for the workers’ soviets to take full state authority. He issued a thesis outlining the Bolshevik’s party programme, including rejection of any legitimacy in the provisional government and advocacy for state power to be given to the peasant and working class through the soviets. The Bolsheviks became the most influential force in the soviets and on 7 November the capitol of the provisional government was stormed by Bolshevik Red Guards in what afterwards known as the “Great October Socialist Revolution”. The rule of the provisional government was ended and the Russian Socialist Federative Soviet Republic—the world’s first constitutionally socialist state—was established. On 25 January 1918 at the Petrograd Soviet, Lenin declared “Long live the world socialist revolution!”[102] and proposed an immediate armistice on all fronts and transferred the land of the landed proprietors, the crown and the monasteries to the peasant committees without compensation.[103]

The day after assuming executive power on 25 January, Lenin wrote Draft Regulations on Workers’ Control, which granted workers control of businesses with more than five workers and office employees and access to all books, documents and stocks and whose decisions were to be “binding upon the owners of the enterprises”.[104] Governing through the elected soviets and in alliance with the peasant-based Left Socialist-Revolutionaries, the Bolshevik government began nationalising banks and industry; and disavowed the national debts of the deposed Romanov royal régime. It sued for peace, withdrawing from World War I and convoked a Constituent Assembly in which the peasant Socialist-Revolutionary Party(SR) won a majority.[105]

The Constituent Assembly elected Socialist-Revolutionary leader Victor Chernov President of a Russian republic, but rejected the Bolshevik proposal that it endorse the Soviet decrees on land, peace and workers’ control and acknowledge the power of the Soviets of Workers’, Soldiers’ and Peasants’ Deputies. The next day, the Bolsheviks declared that the assembly was elected on outdated party lists[106] and the All-Russian Central Executive Committee of the Soviets dissolved it.[107][108]In March 1919, world communist parties formed Comintern (also known as the Third International) at a meeting in Moscow.[109]

International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Main article: International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Parties which did not want to be a part of the resurrected Second International (ISC) or Comintern formed the International Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna.[110] The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg[111] Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries,[112] Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.[113]

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion[114][115][116] and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.[117][118][119]

Third International

Main article: Communist International

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries.[120][121] In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the Bavarian Soviet Republic[122][123][124][125] and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso[126][127] were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.[128]

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside.[129] Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards democratic socialism and anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna. The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries, Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.

THIRD INTERNATIONAL

(Main article: Communist International)

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries. In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the
Bavarian Soviet Republic
and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists
organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside. Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald
broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards
democratic socialism and
anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

In 1922, the fourth congress of the Communist International took up the policy of the United Front, urging communists to work with rank and file Social Democrats while remaining critical of their leaders, whom they criticised for betraying the working class by supporting the war efforts of their respective capitalist classes. For their part, the social democrats pointed to the dislocation caused by revolution and later the growing authoritarianism of the communist parties. When the Communist Party of Great Britain applied to affiliate to the Labour Party in 1920, it was turned down.

On seeing the Soviet State’s growing coercive power in 1923, a dying Lenin said Russia had reverted to “a bourgeois tsarist machine… barely varnished with socialism”. After Lenin’s death in January 1924, the Communist Party of the Soviet Union—then increasingly under the control of Joseph Stalin—rejected the theory that socialism could not be built solely in the Soviet Union in favour of the concept of “Socialism in One Country”. Despite the marginalised Left Opposition’s demand for the restoration of Soviet democracy, Stalin developed a bureaucratic, authoritarian
government that was condemned by democratic socialists, anarchists and Trotskyists for undermining the initial socialist ideals of the Bolshevik Russian Revolution.

In 1924, the Mongolian People’s Republic was established and was ruled by the Mongolian People’s Party. The Russian Revolution and the appearance of the Soviet State motivated a worldwide current of national communist parties which ended having varying levels of political and social influence. Among these there appeared the Communist Party of France, the
Communist Party USA, the Italian Communist Party, the Chinese Communist Party, the Mexican Communist Party, the
Brazilian Communist Party, the Chilean Communist Party and the Communist Party of Indonesia.

SPANISH CIVIL WAR

(Main article: Spanish Civil War)

Anarcha-feminist militia during the Spanish Revolution in 1936

In Spain in 1936, the national anarcho-syndicalist
trade union Confederación Nacional del Trabajo (CNT) initially refused to join a popular front electoral alliance and abstention by CNT supporters led to a right-wing election victory.
In 1936, the CNT changed its policy and anarchist votes helped bring the popular front back to power. Months later, the former ruling class responded with an attempted coup, sparking the Spanish Civil War (1936–1939).

In response to the army rebellion, an anarchist-inspired movement of peasants and workers, supported by armed militias, took control of Barcelona and of large areas of rural Spain where they collectivised the land. The events known as the Spanish Revolution was a workers’ social revolution
that began during the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War in 1936 and resulted in the widespread implementation of anarchist
and more broadly libertarian socialist organisational principles throughout various portions of the country for two to three years, primarily Catalonia, Aragon, Andalusia and parts of Levante.

Much of Spain’s economy was put under worker control and in anarchist strongholds like Catalonia the figure was as high as 75%, but lower in areas with heavy Communist Party of Spain influence, as the Soviet-allied party actively resisted attempts at collectivisation enactment. Factories were run through worker committees,
agrarian areas became collectivised and run as libertarian communes. Anarchist historian Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.

MID-20TH CENTURY

Further information: History of the People’s Republic of China (1949–76),
Decolonization § Decolonization after 1945, Eastern Bloc, and
History of anarchism § Post-war years

POST-WORLD WAR II

Leon Trotsky’s Fourth International was established in France in 1938 when
Trotskyists argued that the Comintern or Third International had become irretrievably “lost to
Stalinism” and thus incapable of leading the international working class to political power. The rise of Nazism and the start of World War II led to the dissolution of the LSI in 1940. After the War, the Socialist International was formed in Frankfurt in July 1951 as a successor to the LSI.

After World War II, social democratic governments introduced social reform and wealth redistribution via state welfare and taxation. Social democratic parties dominated post-war politics in countries such as France, Italy, Czechoslovakia, Belgium and Norway. At one point, France claimed to be the world’s most state-controlled capitalist country. The nationalised public utilities included Charbonnages de France (CDF), Electricité de France (EDF), Gaz de France (GDF), Air France, Banque de France and Régie Nationale des Usines Renault.

In 1945, the British Labour Party led by Clement Attlee was elected to office based on a radical socialist programme. The Labour government nationalised major public utilities such as mines, gas, coal, electricity, rail, iron, steel and the Bank of England. British Petroleum was officially nationalised in 1951. Anthony Crosland said that in 1956 25% of British industry was nationalised and that public employees, including those in nationalised industries, constituted a similar proportion of the country’s total employed population.
The Labour Governments of 1964–1970 and 1974–1979 intervened further. It re-nationalised steel (1967, British Steel) after the Conservatives had denationalised it and nationalised car production (1976, British Leyland).
The National Health Service provided taxpayer-funded health care to everyone, free at the point of service. Working-class housing was provided in council housing estates and university education became available via a school grant system.

SOVIET UNION & EASTERN EUROPE

(Main article: History of the Soviet Union)

The Soviet Union played a decisive role in the Allied
victory in World War II. After the war, the Soviet Union became a recognised superpower. The Soviet era saw some of the most significant technological achievements of the 20th
century, including the world’s first spacecraft and the first astronaut. The Soviet economy was the modern world’s first centrally planned economy. It was based on a system of state ownership of industry managed through
Gosplan (the State Planning Commission), Gosbank (the State Bank) and the Gossnab
(State Commission for Materials and Equipment Supply).

Economic planning was conducted through a series of Five-Year Plans. The emphasis was on fast development of heavy industry and the nation became one of the world’s top manufacturers of a large number of basic and heavy industrial products, but it lagged in light industrial production and consumer durables. Modernization brought about a general increase in the standard of living.

The Eastern Bloc was the group of former Communist states of Central and Eastern Europe, generally the Soviet Union and the countries of the Warsaw Pact which included the People’s Republic of Poland, the German Democratic Republic, the People’s Republic of Hungary, the People’s Republic of Bulgaria, the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic, the Socialist Republic of Romania, the People’s Socialist Republic of Albania and the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia. The Hungarian Revolution of 1956 was a spontaneous nationwide revolt against the government of the People’s Republic of Hungary and its Soviet-imposed policies, lasting from 23 October until 10 November 1956. Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s denunciation of the excesses of Stalin’s regime during the Twentieth Party Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union on 1956 as well as the revolt in Hungary, produced ideological fractures and disagreements within the communist and socialist parties of Western Europe.

THIRD WORLD

In the post-war years, socialism became increasingly influential throughout the so-called Third World. Embracing a new Third World socialism, countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America often nationalised industries held by foreign owners. The Chinese Kuomintang Party, the previous ruling party in Taiwan, was referred to as having a socialist ideology since Kuomintang’s revolutionary ideology in the 1920s incorporated unique Chinese socialism as part of its ideology. The Soviet Union trained Kuomintang revolutionaries in the Moscow Sun Yat-sen University. Movie theatres in the Soviet Union showed newsreels and clips of Chiang at Moscow Sun Yat-sen University portraits of Chiang were hung on the walls and in the Soviet May Day parades that year Chiang’s portrait was to be carried along with the portraits of Marx, Lenin, Stalin and other socialist leaders.

The Chinese Revolution was the second stage in the Chinese Civil War which ended in the establishment of the People’s Republic of China led by the Chinese Communist Party. The term “Third World” was coined by French demographer Alfred Sauvy in 1952 on the model of the Third Estate, which according to the Abbé Sieyès represented everything, but was nothing “because at the end this ignored, exploited, scorned Third World like the Third Estate, wants to become something too”.

The emergence of this new political entity in the frame of the Cold War was complex and painful. Several tentatives were made to organise newly independent states in order to oppose a common front towards both the United States’ and the Soviet Union’s influence on them, with the consequences of the Sino-Soviet split
already at works. The Non-Aligned Movement. constituted itself around the main figures of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India, President
Sukarno of Indonesia, leader Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia and Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt who successfully opposed the French and British imperial powers during the 1956 Suez crisis. After the 1954 Geneva Conference which ended the French war against Ho Chi Minh in Vietnam, the 1955
Bandung Conference
gathered Nasser, Nehru, Tito, Sukarno and Zhou
Enlai, Premier of the People’s Republic of China.

As many African countries gained independence during the 1960s, some of them rejected capitalism in favour of a more afrocentric
economic model. The main architects of African socialism were Julius
*Nyerere* of Tanzania,
Léopold Senghor of Senegal,
Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana
and Sékou Touré of Guinea.

The Cuban Revolution (1953–1959) was an armed revolt conducted by Fidel Castro’s 26th of July Movement and its allies against the government of Cuban President Fulgencio Batista. The revolution began in July 1953 and finally ousted Batista on 1 January 1959, replacing his government with Castro’s revolutionary state. Castro’s government later reformed along communist lines, becoming the Communist Party of Cuba in October 1965.

In Indonesia, a right-wing military regime led by Suharto killed between 500,000 and one million people in 1965 and 1966, mainly to crush the growing influence of the Communist Party of Indonesia and other leftist sectors, with support from the United States government, which provided kill lists containing thousands of names of suspected high-ranking Communists.

NEW LEFT

(Main article: New Left)

The New Left was a term used mainly in the United Kingdom and United States in reference to activists, educators, agitators and others in the 1960s and 1970s who sought to implement a broad range of reforms on issues such as gay rights, abortion, gender roles and drugs in contrast to earlier leftist or Marxist movements that had taken a more vanguardist approach
to social justice and focused mostly on labour unionisation and questions of social class. The New Left rejected involvement with the labour movement and
Marxism’s historical theory of class struggle.

In the United States, the New Left was associated with the Hippie movement and anti-war college campus protest movements as well as the black liberation movements such as the Black Panther Party. While initially formed in opposition to the “Old Left” Democratic Party, groups composing the New Left gradually became central players in the Democratic coalition.

PROTESTS OF 1968

Main article: Protests of 1968

The protests of 1968 represented a worldwide escalation of social conflicts, predominantly characterised by popular rebellions against military, capitalist and bureaucratic elites who responded with an escalation of political repression. These protests marked a turning point for the civil rights movement in the United States, which produced revolutionary movements like the Black Panther Party; the prominent civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. organised the “Poor People’s Campaign” to address issues of economic justice, while personally showing sympathy with democratic socialism. In reaction to the Tet Offensive, protests also sparked a broad movement in opposition to the Vietnam Warall over the United States and even into London, Paris, Berlin and Rome. In 1968 in Carrara, Italy, the International of
Anarchist Federations was founded during an international anarchist conference held there by the three existing European federations of France, the Italian and the Iberian Anarchist Federation as well as the Bulgarian federation in French exile.

Mass socialist or communist movements grew not only in the United States, but also in most European countries. The most spectacular manifestation of this were the May 1968 protests in France in which students linked up with strikes of up to ten million workers and for a few days the movement seemed capable of overthrowing the government.

In many other capitalist countries, struggles against dictatorships, state repression and colonisation were also marked by protests in 1968, such as the beginning of the Troubles in Northern Ireland, the
Tlatelolco massacre in Mexico City and the escalation of guerrilla warfare against the military dictatorship in Brazil. Countries governed by communist parties had protests against bureaucratic and military elites. In Eastern Europe there were widespread protests that escalated particularly in the Prague Spring in Czechoslovakia. In response, Soviet Union occupied Czechoslovakia, but the occupation was denounced by the Italian and French
communist parties and the Communist Party of Finland. Few western European political leaders defended the occupation, among them the Portuguese communist secretary-general Álvaro Cunhal. Along with the Luxembourg party and conservative factions of the Communist Party of Greece.

In the Chinese Cultural Revolution, a social-political youth movement mobilised against “bourgeois” elements which were seen to be infiltrating the government and society at large, aiming to restore capitalism. This movement motivated
Maoism-inspired movements around the world in the context of the Sino-Soviet split.

LATE 20TH CENTURY

Main articles:
Eurocommunism, Nicaraguan Revolution, Dissolution of the Soviet Union, History of the People’s Republic of China (1976–89), Third Way, and History of anarchism § Late 20th century

Salvador Allende, President of Chile and member of the Socialist Party of Chile, whose presidency and life was ended by a CIA-backed military coup.

In Latin America in the 1960s, a socialist tendency within the catholic church appeared which was called liberation theology
which motivated even the Colombian priest Camilo Torres to enter the ELN
guerrilla. In Chile, Salvador
Allende, a physician and candidate for the Socialist Party of Chile, was elected president through democratic elections in 1970. In 1973, his government was ousted by the United States-backed military dictatorship of
Augusto Pinochet, which lasted until the late 1980s.
Pinochet’s regime was a leader of Operation Condor, a U.S.-backed campaign of repression and state terrorism carried out by the intelligence services of the Southern Cone countries of Latin America to eliminate suspected Communist subversion. In Jamaica, the democratic socialist
Michael Manleyserved as the fourth Prime Minister of Jamaica from 1972 to 1980 and from 1989 to 1992. According to opinion polls, he remains one of Jamaica’s most popular Prime Ministers since independence.
The Nicaraguan Revolution
encompassed the rising opposition to the Somoza
dictatorship in the 1960s and 1970s, the campaign led by the Sandinista National Liberation Front (FSLN) to violently oust the dictatorship in 1978–1979, the subsequent efforts of the FSLN to govern Nicaragua from 1979 until 1990 and the socialist measures which included widescale agrarian reform and educational programs. The People’s Revolutionary Government
was proclaimed on 13 March 1979 in Grenada which was
overthrown by armed forces of the United States in 1983. The Salvadoran Civil War
(1979–1992) was a conflict between the military-led government of El Salvador
and the Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front
(FMLN), a coalition or umbrella organisation of five socialist guerrilla groups. A coup on 15 October 1979 led to the killings of anti-coup protesters by the government as well as anti-disorder protesters by the guerillas, and is widely seen as the tipping point towards the civil war.

In Italy, Autonomia Operaia
was a leftist movement particularly active from 1976 to 1978. It took an important role in the autonomist
movement in the 1970s, aside earlier organisations such as Potere Operaio
(created after May 1968) and Lotta Continua. This experience prompted the contemporary socialist radical movement
autonomism. In 1982, the newly elected French socialist government of François Mitterrand made nationalisations in a few key industries, including banks and insurance companies.[196] Eurocommunism was a trend in the 1970s and 1980s in various Western European communist parties to develop a theory and practice of social transformation that was more relevant for a Western European country and less aligned to the influence or control of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Outside Western Europe, it is sometimes called neocommunism.[197] Some communist parties with strong popular support, notably the Italian Communist Party (PCI) and the Communist Party of Spain (PCE) adopted Eurocommunism most enthusiastically and the Communist Party of Finland was dominated by Eurocommunists. The French Communist Party (PCF) and many smaller parties strongly opposed Eurocommunism and stayed aligned with the Communist Party of the Soviet Union until the end of the Soviet Union.

In the late 1970s and in the 1980s, the Socialist International (SI) had extensive contacts and discussion with the two powers of the Cold War, the United States and the Soviet Union, about East-West relations and arms control. Since then, the SI has admitted as member parties the Nicaraguan FSLN, the left-wing Puerto Rican Independence Party, as well as former communist parties such as the Democratic Party of the Left of Italy and the
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique (FRELIMO). The SI aided social democratic parties in re-establishing themselves when dictatorship gave way to democracy in Portugal (1974) and Spain (1975). Until its 1976 Geneva Congress, the SI had few members outside Europe and no formal involvement with Latin America.

Mikhail Gorbachev, General Secretary of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union
from 1985 until 1991

After Mao’s death in 1976 and the arrest of the faction known as the Gang of Four, who were blamed for the excesses of the Cultural Revolution, Deng Xiaoping
took power and led the People’s Republic of China to significant economic reforms. The Communist Party of China loosened governmental control over citizens’ personal lives and the communes were disbanded in favour of private land leases, thus China’s transition from a planned economy to a mixed economy named as “socialism with Chinese characteristics” which maintained state ownership rights over land, state or cooperative ownership of much of the heavy industrial and manufacturing sectors and state influence in the banking and financial sectors. China adopted its current constitution on 4 December 1982. President
Jiang Zemin and Premier Zhu Rongji led the nation in the 1990s. Under their administration, China’s economic performance pulled an estimated 150 million peasants out of poverty and sustained an average annual gross domestic product growth rate of 11.2%. At the Sixth National Congress of the Communist Party of Vietnam in December 1986, reformist politicians replaced the “old guard” government with new leadership. The reformers were led by 71-year-old Nguyen Van Linh, who became the party’s new general secretary. Linh and the reformers implemented a series of free market reforms—known as Đổi Mới
(“Renovation”)—which carefully managed the transition from a planned economy to a “socialist-oriented market economy”.
Mikhail Gorbachev wished
to move the Soviet Union towards of Nordic-style social democracy, calling it “a socialist beacon for all mankind”. Prior to its dissolution in 1991, the Soviet Union had the second largest economy in the world after the United States. With the collapse of the Soviet Union, the economic integration of the Soviet republics was dissolved and overall industrial activity declined substantially. A lasting legacy remains in the physical infrastructure created during decades of combined industrial production practices, and widespread environmental destruction. The transition to capitalism in the former Soviet Union and Eastern bloc, which was accompanied by Washington Consensus-inspired “shock therapy”, resulted in a steep fall in the standard of living. The region experienced rising economic inequality and poverty a surge in excess mortality and a decline in life expectancy, which was
accompanied by the entrenchment of a newly established business oligarchy in the former. The average post-communist country had returned to 1989 levels of per-capita GDP by 2005, although some are still far behind that. These developments led to increased nationalist sentiment and nostalgia for the Communist era.

Many social democratic parties, particularly after the Cold War, adopted neoliberal
market policies including
privatisation, deregulation
and financialisation. They abandoned their pursuit of moderate socialism in favour of market liberalism. By the 1980s, with the rise of conservative neoliberal politicians such as Ronald Reagan in the United States, Margaret Thatcher in Britain, Brian Mulroney in Canada and Augusto Pinochet in Chile, the Western welfare state was attacked from within, but state support for the corporate sector was maintained. Monetarists and neoliberals attacked social welfare systems as impediments to private entrepreneurship. In the United Kingdom, Labour Party leader Neil Kinnock
made a public attack against the entryist group Militant
at the 1985 Labour Party conference. The Labour Party ruled that Militant was ineligible for affiliation with the Labour Party, and the party gradually expelled Militant supporters. The Kinnock leadership had refused to support the 1984–1985 miner’s strike over pit closures, a decision that the party’s left wing and the National Union of Mineworkers blamed for the strike’s eventual defeat. In 1989 at Stockholm, the 18th Congress of the Socialist International adopted a new Declaration of Principles, saying:

Democratic socialism is an international movement for freedom, social justice, and solidarity. Its goal is to achieve a peaceful world where these basic values can be enhanced and where each individual can live a meaningful life with the full development of his or her personality and talents, and with the guarantee of human and civil rights in a democratic framework of society.

In the 1990s, the British Labour Party under Tony Blair enacted policies based on the free market economy to deliver public services via the private finance initiative. Influential in these policies was the idea of a “Third Way” which called for a re-evalutation of welfare state policies. In 1995, the Labour Party re-defined its stance on socialism by re-wording Clause IV of its constitution, effectively rejecting socialism by removing all references to public, direct worker or municipal ownership of the means of production. The Labour Party stated: “The Labour Party is a democratic socialist party. It believes that, by the strength of our common endeavour we achieve more than we achieve alone, so as to create, for each of us, the means to realise our true potential, and, for all of us, a community in which power, wealth, and opportunity are in the hands of the many, not the few”.

Contemporary socialist politics

Kwame Nkrumah, the first
President of Ghana and theorist of African socialism, on a Soviet Union commemorative postage stamp

AFRICA

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals. He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include
Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth
Kaunda, Nelson Mandela
and Kwame Nkrumah.
Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali base Mjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

Africa

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals.[225] He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth Kaunda, Nelson Mandela and Kwame Nkrumah. Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali baseMjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

In Asia, states with socialist economies—such as the People’s Republic of China, North Korea, Laos and Vietnam—have largely moved away from centralised economic planning in the 21st century, placing a greater emphasis on markets. Forms include the Chinese socialist market economy and the Vietnamese socialist-oriented market economy. They utilise state-owned corporate management models as opposed to modelling socialist enterprise on traditional management styles employed by government agencies. In China living standards continued to improve rapidly despite the late-2000s recession, but centralised political control remained tight.[226] Brian Reynolds Myers in his book The Cleanest Race, later supported by other academics,[227][228] dismisses the idea that Juche is North Korea’s leading ideology, regarding its public exaltation as designed to deceive foreigners and that it exists to be praised and not actually read,[229] pointing out that North Korea’s constitution of 2009 omits all mention of communism.[228]

Though the authority of the state remained unchallenged under Đổi Mới, the government of Vietnam encourages private ownership of farms and factories, economic deregulation and foreign investment, while maintaining control over strategic industries.[205] The Vietnamese economy subsequently achieved strong growth in agricultural and industrial production, construction, exports and foreign investment. However, these reforms have also caused a rise in income inequality and gender disparities.[230][231]

Elsewhere in Asia, some elected socialist parties and communist parties remain prominent, particularly in India and Nepal. The Communist Party of Nepal[which?] in particular calls for multi-party democracy, social equality and economic prosperity.[232] In Singapore, a majority of the GDP is still generated from the state sector comprising government-linked companies.[233] In Japan, there has been a resurgent interest in the Japanese Communist Party among workers and youth.[234][235] In Malaysia, the Socialist Party of Malaysia got its first Member of Parliament, Dr. Jeyakumar Devaraj, after the 2008 general election. In 2010, there were 270 kibbutzim in Israel. Their factories and farms account for 9% of Israel’s industrial output, worth US$8 billion and 40% of its agricultural output, worth over $1.7 billion.[236] Some Kibbutzim had also developed substantial high-tech and military industries. Also in 2010, Kibbutz Sasa, containing some 200 members, generated $850 million in annual revenue from its military-plastics industry.[237]

Europe

This section’s factual accuracy is disputed.

The United Nations World Happiness Report 2013 shows that the happiest nations are concentrated in Northern Europe, where the Nordic model of social democracy is employed, with Denmark topping the list. This is at times attributed to the success of the Nordic model in the region. The Nordic countries ranked highest on the metrics of real GDP per capita, healthy life expectancy, having someone to count on, perceived freedom to make life choices, generosity and freedom from corruption.[238] Indeed, the indicators of Freedom in the World have listed Scandinavian countries as ranking high on indicators such as press and economic freedom.

The objectives of the Party of European Socialists, the European Parliament’s socialist and social democratic bloc, are now “to pursue international aims in respect of the principles on which the European Union is based, namely principles of freedom, equality, solidarity, democracy, respect of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, and respect for the Rule of Law”. As a result, today the rallying cry of the French Revolution—Liberté, égalité, fraternité—is promoted as essential socialist values.[239] To the left of the PES at the European level is the Party of the European Left (PEL), also commonly abbreviated “European Left”), which is a political party at the European level and an association of democratic socialist, socialist[240] and communist[240] political parties in the European Union and other European countries. It was formed in January 2004 for the purposes of running in the 2004 European Parliament elections. PEL was founded on 8–9 May 2004 in Rome.[241] Elected MEPs from member parties of the European Left sit in the European United Left–Nordic Green Left(GUE/NGL) group in the European parliament.

Alexis Tsipras, socialist Prime Minister of Greece who led the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) through a victory in the Greek legislative election, January 2015

The socialist Left Party in Germany grew in popularity[242] due to dissatisfaction with the increasingly neoliberal policies of the SPD, becoming the fourth biggest party in parliament in the general election on 27 September 2009.[243] Communist candidate Dimitris Christofias won a crucial presidential runoff in Cyprus, defeating his conservative rival with a majority of 53%.[244] In Ireland, in the 2009 European election Joe Higgins of the Socialist Party took one of three seats in the capital Dublin European constituency.

In Denmark, the Socialist People’s Party (SF) more than doubled its parliamentary representation to 23 seats from 11, making it the fourth largest party.[245] In 2011, the Social Democrats, Socialist People’s Party and the Danish Social Liberal Party formed government, after a slight victory over the main rival political coalition. They were led by Helle Thorning-Schmidt, and had the Red-Green Alliance as a supporting party.

In Norway, the Red-Green Coalition consists of the Labour Party (Ap), the Socialist Left Party(SV) and the Centre Party (Sp) and governed the country as a majority government from the 2005 general election until 2013.

In the Greek legislative election of January 2015, the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) led by Alexis Tsipras won a legislative election for the first time while the Communist Party of Greece won 15 seats in parliament. SYRIZA has been characterised as an anti-establishment party,[246] whose success has sent “shock-waves across the EU”.[247]

In the United Kingdom, the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers put forward a slate of candidates in the 2009 European Parliament elections under the banner of No to EU – Yes to Democracy, a broad left-wing alter-globalisationcoalition involving socialist groups such as the Socialist Party, aiming to offer an alternative to the “anti-foreigner” and pro-business policies of the UK Independence Party.[248][249][250] In the following May 2010 United Kingdom general election, the Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalition, launched in January 2010[251] and backed by Bob Crow, the leader of the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers union (RMT), other union leaders and the Socialist Party among other socialist groups, stood against Labour in 40 constituencies.[252][253] The Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalitioncontested the 2011 local elections, having gained the endorsement of the RMT June 2010 conference, but gained no seats.[254] Left Unity was also founded in 2013 after the film director Ken Loach appealed for a new party of the left to replace the Labour Party, which he claimed had failed to oppose austerity and had shifted towards neoliberalism.[255][256][257][258] In 2015, following a defeat at the 2015 United Kingdom general election, self-described socialist Jeremy Corbyn took over from Ed Miliband as leader of the Labour Party.[259]

In France, Olivier Besancenot, the Revolutionary Communist League (LCR) candidate in the 2007 presidential election, received 1,498,581 votes, 4.08%, double that of the communist candidate.[260] The LCR abolished itself in 2009 to initiate a broad anti-capitalist party, the New Anticapitalist Party, whose stated aim is to “build a new socialist, democratic perspective for the twenty-first century”.[261]

On 25 May 2014, the Spanish left-wing party Podemos entered candidates for the 2014 European parliamentary elections, some of which were unemployed. In a surprise result, it polled 7.98% of the vote and thus was awarded five seats out of 54[262][263] while the older United Left was the third largest overall force obtaining 10.03% and 5 seats, 4 more than the previous elections.[264]

The current government of Portugal was established on 26 November 2015 as a Socialist Party (PS) minority governmentled by prime minister António Costa. Costa succeeded in securing support for a Socialist minority government by the Left Bloc (B.E.), the Portuguese Communist Party (PCP) and the Ecologist Party “The Greens” (PEV).[265]

All around Europe and in some places of Latin America there exists a social center and squatting movement mainly inspired by autonomist and anarchist ideas.[266][267]

North America

See also: History of the socialist movement in the United States and Socialism in Canada

Bernie Sanders, junior Senator of Vermont and self-described democratic socialist, at his 2016 presidential campaign kickoff in May 2015

According to a 2013 article in The Guardian, “[c]ontrary to popular belief, Americans don’t have an innate allergy to socialism. Milwaukee has had several socialist mayors (Frank Zeidler, Emil Seidel and Daniel Hoan), and there is currently an independent socialist in the US Senate, Bernie Sanders of Vermont”.[268] Sanders, once mayor of Vermont’s largest city, Burlington, has described himself as a democratic socialist[269][270] and has praised Scandinavian-style social democracy.[271][272] In 2016, Sanders made a bid for the Democratic Party presidential candidate, thereby gaining considerable popular support, particularly among the younger generation, but lost the nomination to Hillary Clinton.

Anti-capitalism, anarchism and the anti-globalisation movement rose to prominence through events such as protests against the World Trade Organization Ministerial Conference of 1999 in Seattle. Socialist-inspired groups played an important role in these movements, which nevertheless embraced much broader layers of the population and were championed by figures such as Noam Chomsky. In Canada, the Co-operative Commonwealth Federation(CCF), the precursor to the social democratic New Democratic Party (NDP), had significant success in provincial politics. In 1944, the Saskatchewan CCF formed the first socialist government in North America. At the federal level, the NDP was the Official Opposition, from 2011 through 2015.[273]

Latin America and Caribbean

For the Encyclopedia Britannica, “the attempt by Salvador Allende to unite Marxists and other reformers in a socialist reconstruction of Chile is most representative of the direction that Latin American socialists have taken since the late 20th century. […] Several socialist (or socialist-leaning) leaders have followed Allende’s example in winning election to office in Latin American countries”.[73] Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez, Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega, Bolivian President Evo Morales and Ecuadorian president Rafael Correa refer to their political programmes as socialist and Chávez adopted the term “socialism of the 21st century”. After winning re-election in December 2006, Chávez said: “Now more than ever, I am obliged to move Venezuela’s path towards socialism”.[274] Chávez was also reelected in October 2012 for his third six-year term as President, but he died in March 2013 from cancer. After Chávez’s death on 5 March 2013, Vice President from Chavez’s party Nicolás Maduro assumed the powers and responsibilities of the President. A special election was held on 14 April of the same year to elect a new President, which Maduro won by a tight margin as the candidate of the United Socialist Party of Venezuela and he was formally inaugurated on 19 April.[275] “Pink tide” is a term being used in contemporary 21st-century political analysis in the media and elsewhere to describe the perception that leftist ideology in general and left-wing politics in particular are increasingly influential in Latin America.[276][277][278]

Presidents Fernando Lugo of Paraguay, Evo Morales of Bolivia, Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva of Brazil, Rafael Correa of Ecuador and Hugo Chávez of Venezuela in World Social Forum for Latin America

Foro de São Paulo is a conference of leftist political parties and other organisations from Latin America and the Caribbean. It was launched by the Workers’ Party(Portuguese: Partido dos Trabalhadores – PT) of Brazil in 1990 in the city of São Paulo. The Forum of São Paulo was constituted in 1990 when the Brazilian Workers’ Partyapproached other parties and social movements of Latin America and the Caribbean with the objective of debating the new international scenario after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the consequences of the implementation of what were taken as neoliberal policies adopted at the time by contemporary right-leaning governments in the region, the stated main objective of the conference being to argue for alternatives to neoliberalism.[279] Among its member include current socialist and social-democratic parties currently in government in the region such as Bolivia’s Movement for Socialism, Brazil’s Workers Party, the Communist Party of Cuba, Ecuador’s PAIS Alliance, the United Socialist Party of Venezuela, the Socialist Party of Chile, Uruguay’s Broad Front, Nicaragua’s Sandinista National Liberation Front and El Salvador’s Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front.

Oceania

See also: Socialism in Australia, Socialism in New Zealand, and Melanesian socialism

Australia saw an increase in interest of socialism in the early 21st century, especially amongst youth.[280] It is strongest in Victoria, where three socialist parties have merged into the Victorian Socialists, who aim to address problems in housing and public transportation.

New Zealand has a small socialist scene, mainly dominated by Trotskyist groups. The current prime minister Jacinda Ardern has publicly condemned capitalism but describes herself as a social democrat.[citation needed]

Melanesian Socialism developed in the 1980s, inspired by African Socialism. It aims to achieve full independence from Britain and France in Melanesian territories and creation of a Melanesian federal union. It is very popular with the New Caledonia independence movement.[citation needed]

International socialism

The Progressive Alliance is a political international founded on 22 May 2013 by political parties, the majority of whom are current or former members of the Socialist International. The organisation states the aim of becoming the global network of “the progressive”, democratic, social-democratic, socialist and labour movement”.[281][282]

Social and political theory

Early socialist thought took influences from a diverse range of philosophies such as civic republicanism, Enlightenmentrationalism, romanticism, forms of materialism, Christianity (both Catholic and Protestant), natural law and natural rights theory, utilitarianism and liberal political economy.[283] Another philosophical basis for a lot of early socialism was the emergence of positivism during the European Enlightenment. Positivism held that both the natural and social worlds could be understood through scientific knowledge and be analyzed using scientific methods. This core outlook influenced early social scientists and different types of socialists ranging from anarchists like Peter Kropotkin to technocrats like Saint Simon.[284]

Claude Henri de Rouvroy, comte de Saint-Simon, early French socialist

The fundamental objective of socialism is to attain an advanced level of material production and therefore greater productivity, efficiency and rationality as compared to capitalism and all previous systems, under the view that an expansion of human productive capability is the basis for the extension of freedom and equality in society.[285] Many forms of socialist theory hold that human behaviour is largely shaped by the social environment. In particular, socialism holds that social mores, values, cultural traits and economic practices are social creations and not the result of an immutable natural law.[286][287] The object of their critique is thus not human avarice or human consciousness, but the material conditions and man-made social systems (i.e. the economic structure of society) that gives rise to observed social problems and inefficiencies. Bertrand Russell, often considered to be the father of analytic philosophy, identified as a socialist. Russell opposed the class struggle aspects of Marxism, viewing socialism solely as an adjustment of economic relations to accommodate modern machine production to benefit all of humanity through the progressive reduction of necessary work time.[288]

Socialists view creativity as an essential aspect of human nature and define freedom as a state of being where individuals are able to express their creativity unhindered by constraints of both material scarcity and coercive social institutions. The socialist concept of individuality is thus intertwined with the concept of individual creative expression. Karl Marx believed that expansion of the productive forces and technology was the basis for the expansion of human freedom and that socialism, being a system that is consistent with modern developments in technology, would enable the flourishing of “free individualities” through the progressive reduction of necessary labour time. The reduction of necessary labour time to a minimum would grant individuals the opportunity to pursue the development of their true individuality and creativity.

CRITICISM OF CAPITALISM

Criticism of capitalism

Socialists argue that the accumulation of capital generates waste through externalities that require costly corrective regulatory measures. They also point out that this process generates wasteful industries and practices that exist only to generate sufficient demand for products to be sold at a profit (such as high-pressure advertisement), thereby creating rather than satisfying economic demand.[291][292]

Socialists argue that capitalism consists of irrational activity, such as the purchasing of commodities only to sell at a later time when their price appreciates, rather than for consumption, even if the commodity cannot be sold at a profit to individuals in need and therefore a crucial criticism often made by socialists is that “making money”, or accumulation of capital, does not correspond to the satisfaction of demand (the production of use-values).[293] The fundamental criterion for economic activity in capitalism is the accumulation of capital for reinvestment in production, but this spurs the development of new, non-productive industries that do not produce use-value and only exist to keep the accumulation process afloat (otherwise the system goes into crisis), such as the spread of the financial industry, contributing to the formation of economic bubbles.[294]

Socialists view private property relations as limiting the potential of productive forces in the economy. According to socialists, private property becomes obsolete when it concentrates into centralised, socialised institutions based on private appropriation of revenue—but based on cooperative work and internal planning in allocation of inputs—until the role of the capitalist becomes redundant.[295] With no need for capital accumulation and a class of owners, private property in the means of production is perceived as being an outdated form of economic organisation that should be replaced by a free association of individuals based on public or common ownership of these socialised assets.[296][297] Private ownership imposes constraints on planning, leading to uncoordinated economic decisions that result in business fluctuations, unemployment and a tremendous waste of material resources during crisis of overproduction.[298]

Excessive disparities in income distribution lead to social instability and require costly corrective measures in the form of redistributive taxation, which incurs heavy administrative costs while weakening the incentive to work, inviting dishonesty and increasing the likelihood of tax evasion while (the corrective measures) reduce the overall efficiency of the market economy.[299] These corrective policies limit the incentive system of the market by providing things such as minimum wages, unemployment insurance, taxing profits and reducing the reserve army of labour, resulting in reduced incentives for capitalists to invest in more production. In essence, social welfare policies cripple capitalism and its incentive system and are thus unsustainable in the long-run.[300] Marxists argue that the establishment of a socialist mode of production is the only way to overcome these deficiencies. Socialists and specifically Marxian socialists argue that the inherent conflict of interests between the working class and capital prevent optimal use of available human resources and leads to contradictory interest groups (labour and business) striving to influence the state to intervene in the economy in their favor at the expense of overall economic efficiency.

Early socialists (utopian socialists and Ricardian socialists) criticised capitalism for concentrating power and wealth within a small segment of society.[301] In addition, they complained that capitalism does not utilise available technology and resources to their maximum potential in the interests of the public.[297]

Marxism

Main article: Marxism

At a certain stage of development, the material productive forces of society come into conflict with the existing relations of production or—this merely expresses the same thing in legal terms – with the property relations within the framework of which they have operated hitherto. Then begins an era of social revolution. The changes in the economic foundation lead sooner or later to the transformation of the whole immense superstructure.

— Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Program[302]

The writings of Karl Marxprovided the basis for the development of Marxistpolitical theory and Marxian economics

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels argued that socialism would emerge from historical necessity as capitalism rendered itself obsolete and unsustainable from increasing internal contradictions emerging from the development of the productive forces and technology. It was these advances in the productive forces combined with the old social relations of production of capitalism that would generate contradictions, leading to working-class consciousness.[303]

Marx and Engels held the view that the consciousness of those who earn a wage or salary (the working class in the broadest Marxist sense) would be moulded by their conditions of wage slavery, leading to a tendency to seek their freedom or emancipation by overthrowing ownership of the means of production by capitalists and consequently, overthrowing the state that upheld this economic order. For Marx and Engels, conditions determine consciousness and ending the role of the capitalist class leads eventually to a classless society in which the state would wither away. The Marxist conception of socialism is that of a specific historical phase that would displace capitalism and precede communism. The major characteristics of socialism (particularly as conceived by Marx and Engels after the Paris Commune of 1871) are that the proletariat would control the means of production through a workers’ state erected by the workers in their interests. Economic activity would still be organised through the use of incentive systems and social classes would still exist, but to a lesser and diminishing extent than under capitalism.

For orthodox Marxists, socialism is the lower stage of communism based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his contribution” while upper stage communism is based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his need”, the upper stage becoming possible only after the socialist stage further develops economic efficiency and the automation of production has led to a superabundance of goods and services.[304][305] Marx argued that the material productive forces (in industry and commerce) brought into existence by capitalism predicated a cooperative society since production had become a mass social, collective activity of the working class to create commodities but with private ownership (the relations of production or property relations). This conflict between collective effort in large factories and private ownership would bring about a conscious desire in the working class to establish collective ownership commensurate with the collective efforts their daily experience.[302]

Role of the state

Socialists have taken different perspectives on the state and the role it should play in revolutionary struggles, in constructing socialism and within an established socialist economy.

In the 19th century the philosophy of state socialism was first explicitly expounded by the German political philosopher Ferdinand Lassalle. In contrast to Karl Marx’s perspective of the state, Lassalle rejected the concept of the state as a class-based power structure whose main function was to preserve existing class structures. Thus Lassalle also rejected the Marxist view that the state was destined to “wither away”. Lassalle considered the state to be an entity independent of class allegiances and an instrument of justice that would therefore be essential for achieving socialism.[306]

Preceding the Bolshevik-led revolution in Russia, many socialists including reformists, orthodox Marxist currents such as council communism, anarchists and libertarian socialists criticised the idea of using the state to conduct central planning and own the means of production as a way to establish socialism. Following the victory of Leninism in Russia, the idea of “state socialism” spread rapidly throughout the socialist movement and eventually state socialism came to be identified with the Soviet economic model.[307]

Joseph Schumpeter rejected the association of socialism (and social ownership) with state ownership over the means of production because the state as it exists in its current form is a product of capitalist society and cannot be transplanted to a different institutional framework. Schumpeter argued that there would be different institutions within socialism than those that exist within modern capitalism, just as feudalism had its own distinct and unique institutional forms. The state, along with concepts like property and taxation, were concepts exclusive to commercial society (capitalism) and attempting to place them within the context of a future socialist society would amount to a distortion of these concepts by using them out of context.[308]

Utopian versus scientific

Main articles: Utopian socialism and Scientific socialism

Utopian socialism is a term used to define the first currents of modern socialist thought as exemplified by the work of Henri de Saint-Simon, Charles Fourier and Robert Owen, which inspired Karl Marx and other early socialists.[309] However, visions of imaginary ideal societies, which competed with revolutionary social democratic movements, were viewed as not being grounded in the material conditions of society and as reactionary.[310] Although it is technically possible for any set of ideas or any person living at any time in history to be a utopian socialist, the term is most often applied to those socialists who lived in the first quarter of the 19th century who were ascribed the label “utopian” by later socialists as a negative term in order to imply naivete and dismiss their ideas as fanciful or unrealistic.[77]

Religious sects whose members live communally such as the Hutterites, for example, are not usually called “utopian socialists”, although their way of living is a prime example. They have been categorised as religious socialists by some. Likewise, modern intentional communities based on socialist ideas could also be categorised as “utopian socialist”.

For Marxists, the development of capitalism in Western Europe provided a material basis for the possibility of bringing about socialism because according to The Communist Manifesto “[w]hat the bourgeoisie produces above all is its own grave diggers”,[311] namely the working class, which must become conscious of the historical objectives set it by society.

Reform versus revolution

Main articles: Revolutionary socialism and Reformism

Revolutionary socialists believe that a social revolution is necessary to effect structural changes to the socioeconomic structure of society. Among revolutionary socialists there are differences in strategy, theory and the definition of “revolution”. Orthodox Marxists and left communists take an impossibilist stance, believing that revolution should be spontaneous as a result of contradictions in society due to technological changes in the productive forces. Lenin theorised that under capitalism the workers cannot achieve class consciousness beyond organising into unions and making demands of the capitalists. Therefore, Leninists advocate that it is historically necessary for a vanguard of class conscious revolutionaries to take a central role in coordinating the social revolution to overthrow the capitalist state and eventually the institution of the state altogether.[312] “Revolution” is not necessarily defined by revolutionary socialists as violent insurrection,[313] but as a complete dismantling and rapid transformation of all areas of class society led by the majority of the masses: the working class.

Reformism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

ECONOMICS

ormism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

Economics

Main article: Socialist economics

See also: Production for use

Socialist economics starts from the premise that “individuals do not live or work in isolation but live in cooperation with one another. Furthermore, everything that people produce is in some sense a social product, and everyone who contributes to the production of a good is entitled to a share in it. Society as a whole, therefore, should own or at least control property for the benefit of all its members”.[86]

The original conception of socialism was an economic system whereby production was organised in a way to directly produce goods and services for their utility (or use-value in classical and Marxian economics): the direct allocation of resources in terms of physical units as opposed to financial calculation and the economic laws of capitalism (see law of value), often entailing the end of capitalistic economic categories such as rent, interest, profit and money.[314] In a fully developed socialist economy, production and balancing factor inputs with outputs becomes a technical process to be undertaken by engineers.[315]

Market socialism refers to an array of different economic theories and systems that utilise the market mechanism to organise production and to allocate factor inputs among socially owned enterprises, with the economic surplus (profits) accruing to society in a social dividend as opposed to private capital owners.[316] Variations of market socialism include libertarian proposals such as mutualism, based on classical economics, and neoclassical economic models such as the Lange Model. However, some economists such as Joseph Stiglitz, Mancur Olson and others not specifically advancing anti-socialists positions have shown that prevailing economic models upon which such democratic or market socialism models might be based have logical flaws or unworkable presuppositions.[317][318]

The ownership of the means of production can be based on direct ownership by the users of the productive property through worker cooperative; or commonly owned by all of society with management and control delegated to those who operate/use the means of production; or public ownership by a state apparatus. Public ownership may refer to the creation of state-owned enterprises, nationalisation, municipalisation or autonomous collective institutions. Some socialists feel that in a socialist economy, at least the “commanding heights” of the economy must be publicly owned.[319] However, economic liberals and right libertarians view private ownership of the means of production and the market exchange as natural entities or moral rights which are central to their conceptions of freedom and liberty and view the economic dynamics of capitalism as immutable and absolute, therefore they perceive public ownership of the means of production, cooperatives and economic planning as infringements upon liberty.[320][321]

Management and control over the activities of enterprises are based on self-management and self-governance, with equal power-relations in the workplace to maximise occupational autonomy. A socialist form of organisation would eliminate controlling hierarchies so that only a hierarchy based on technical knowledge in the workplace remains. Every member would have decision-making power in the firm and would be able to participate in establishing its overall policy objectives. The policies/goals would be carried out by the technical specialists that form the coordinating hierarchy of the firm, who would establish plans or directives for the work community to accomplish these goals.[322]

The role and use of money in a hypothetical socialist economy is a contested issue. According to the Austrian schooleconomist Ludwig von Mises, an economic system that does not use money, financial calculation and market pricingwould be unable to effectively value capital goods and coordinate production and therefore these types of socialism are impossible because they lack the necessary information to perform economic calculation in the first place.[323][324]Socialists including Karl Marx, Robert Owen, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and John Stuart Mill advocated various forms of labour vouchers or labour credits, which like money would be used to acquire articles of consumption, but unlike money they are unable to become capital and would not be used to allocate resources within the production process. Bolshevik revolutionary Leon Trotsky argued that money could not be arbitrarily abolished following a socialist revolution. Money had to exhaust its “historic mission”, meaning it would have to be used until its function became redundant, eventually being transformed into bookkeeping receipts for statisticians and only in the more distant future would money not be required for even that role.[325]

The economic anarchy of capitalist society as it exists today is, in my opinion, the real source of the evil… I am convinced there is only one way to eliminate these grave evils, namely through the establishment of a socialist economy, accompanied by an educational system which would be oriented toward social goals. In such an economy, the means of production are owned by society itself and are utilised in a planned fashion. A planned economy, which adjusts production to the needs of the community, would distribute the work to be done among all those able to work and would guarantee a livelihood to every man, woman, and child. The education of the individual, in addition to promoting his own innate abilities, would attempt to develop in him a sense of responsibility for his fellow men in place of the glorification of power and success in our present society.

— Albert Einstein, Why Socialism?, 1949[326]

Planned economy

Main article: Planned economy

A planned economy is a type of economy consisting of a mixture of public ownership of the means of production and the coordination of production and distribution through economic planning. There are two major types of planning: decentralised-planning and centralised-planning. Enrico Barone provided a comprehensive theoretical framework for a planned socialist economy. In his model, assuming perfect computation techniques, simultaneous equations relating inputs and outputs to ratios of equivalence would provide appropriate valuations in order to balance supply and demand.[327]

The most prominent example of a planned economy was the economic system of the Soviet Union and as such the centralised-planned economic model is usually associated with the communist states of the 20th century, where it was combined with a single-party political system. In a centrally planned economy, decisions regarding the quantity of goods and services to be produced are planned in advance by a planning agency (see also the analysis of Soviet-type economic planning). The economic systems of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc are further classified as “command economies”, which are defined as systems where economic coordination is undertaken by commands, directives and production targets.[328] Studies by economists of various political persuasions on the actual functioning of the Soviet economy indicate that it was not actually a planned economy. Instead of conscious planning, the Soviet economy was based on a process whereby the plan was modified by localised agents and the original plans went largely unfulfilled. Planning agencies, ministries and enterprises all adapted and bargained with each other during the formulation of the plan as opposed to following a plan passed down from a higher authority, leading some economists to suggest that planning did not actually take place within the Soviet economy and that a better description would be an “administered” or “managed” economy.[329]

Although central planning was largely supported by Marxist–Leninists, some factions within the Soviet Union before the rise of Stalinism held positions contrary to central planning. Leon Trotsky rejected central planning in favour of decentralised planning. He argued that central planners, regardless of their intellectual capacity, would be unable to coordinate effectively all economic activity within an economy because they operated without the input and tacit knowledge embodied by the participation of the millions of people in the economy. As a result, central planners would be unable to respond to local economic conditions.[330] State socialism is unfeasible in this view because information cannot be aggregated by a central body and effectively used to formulate a plan for an entire economy, because doing so would result in distorted or absent price signals.[331]

Self-managed economy

See also: Decentralised planning, Economic democracy, and Workers’ self-management

A self-managed, decentralised economy is based on autonomous self-regulating economic units and a decentralised mechanism of resource allocation and decision-making. This model has found support in notable classical and neoclassical economists including Alfred Marshall, John Stuart Mill and Jaroslav Vanek. There are numerous variations of self-management, including labour-managed firms and worker-managed firms. The goals of self-management are to eliminate exploitation and reduce alienation.[332] Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds “in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[333] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century.[333] It was strongly associated with G. D. H. Cole and influenced by the ideas of William Morris.

One such system is the cooperative economy, a largely free market economy in which workers manage the firms and democratically determine remuneration levels and labour divisions. Productive resources would be legally owned by the cooperative and rented to the workers, who would enjoy usufruct rights.[334] Another form of decentralised planning is the use of cybernetics, or the use of computers to manage the allocation of economic inputs. The socialist-run government of Salvador Allende in Chile experimented with Project Cybersyn, a real-time information bridge between the government, state enterprises and consumers.[335] Another, more recent variant is participatory economics, wherein the economy is planned by decentralised councils of workers and consumers. Workers would be remunerated solely according to effort and sacrifice, so that those engaged in dangerous, uncomfortable and strenuous work would receive the highest incomes and could thereby work less.[336] A contemporary model for a self-managed, non-market socialism is Pat Devine’s model of negotiated coordination. Negotiated coordination is based upon social ownership by those affected by the use of the assets involved, with decisions made by those at the most localised level of production.[337]

Michel Bauwens identifies the emergence of the open software movement and peer-to-peer production as a new alternative mode of production to the capitalist economy and centrally planned economy that is based on collaborative self-management, common ownership of resources and the production of use-values through the free cooperation of producers who have access to distributed capital.[338]

Anarcho-communism is a theory of anarchism which advocates the abolition of the state, private property and capitalism in favour of common ownership of the means of production.[339][340] Anarcho-syndicalism was practiced in Catalonia and other places in the Spanish Revolution during the Spanish Civil War. Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or at least indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.[341]

The economy of the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia established a system based on market-based allocation, social ownership of the means of production and self-management within firms. This system substituted Yugoslavia’s Soviet-type central planning with a decentralised, self-managed system after reforms in 1953.[342]

The Marxian economist Richard D. Wolff argues that “re-organising production so that workers become collectively self-directed at their work-sites” not only moves society beyond both capitalism and state socialism of the last century, but would also mark another milestone in human history, similar to earlier transitions out of slavery and feudalism.[343] As an example, Wolff claims that Mondragon is “a stunningly successful alternative to the capitalist organisation of production”.[344]

State-directed economy

See also: State socialism

State socialism can be used to classify any variety of socialist philosophies that advocates the ownership of the means of production by the state apparatus, either as a transitional stage between capitalism and socialism, or as an end-goal in itself. Typically it refers to a form of technocratic management, whereby technical specialists administer or manage economic enterprises on behalf of society (and the public interest) instead of workers’ councils or workplace democracy.

A state-directed economy may refer to a type of mixed economy consisting of public ownership over large industries, as promoted by various Social democratic political parties during the 20th century. This ideology influenced the policies of the British Labour Party during Clement Attlee’s administration. In the biography of the 1945 United Kingdom Labour Party Prime Minister Clement Attlee, Francis Beckett states: “[T]he government… wanted what would become known as a mixed economy”.[345]

Nationalisation in the United Kingdom was achieved through compulsory purchase of the industry (i.e. with compensation). British Aerospace was a combination of major aircraft companies British Aircraft Corporation, Hawker Siddeley and others. British Shipbuilders was a combination of the major shipbuilding companies including Cammell Laird, Govan Shipbuilders, Swan Hunter and Yarrow Shipbuilders, whereas the nationalisation of the coal mines in 1947 created a coal board charged with running the coal industry commercially so as to be able to meet the interest payable on the bonds which the former mine owners’ shares had been converted into.[346][347]

Market socialism

Main article: Market socialism

Market socialism consists of publicly owned or cooperatively owned enterprises operating in a market economy. It is a system that utilises the market and monetary prices for the allocation and accounting of the means of production, thereby retaining the process of capital accumulation. The profit generated would be used to directly remunerate employees, collectively sustain the enterprise or finance public institutions.[348] In state-oriented forms of market socialism, in which state enterprises attempt to maximise profit, the profits can be used to fund government programs and services through a social dividend, eliminating or greatly diminishing the need for various forms of taxation that exist in capitalist systems. Neoclassical economist Léon Walras believed that a socialist economy based on state ownership of land and natural resources would provide a means of public finance to make income taxes unnecessary.[349] Yugoslavia implemented a market socialist economy based on cooperatives and worker self-management.

Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, main theorist of mutualism and influential French socialist thinker

Mutualism is an economic theory and anarchist school of thought that advocates a society where each person might possess a means of production, either individually or collectively, with trade representing equivalent amounts of labour in the free market.[350]Integral to the scheme was the establishment of a mutual-credit bank that would lend to producers at a minimal interest rate, just high enough to cover administration.[351]Mutualism is based on a labour theory of value that holds that when labour or its product is sold, in exchange it ought to receive goods or services embodying “the amount of labour necessary to produce an article of exactly similar and equal utility”.

The current economic system in China is formally referred to as a socialist market economy with Chinese characteristics. It combines a large state sector that comprises the commanding heights of the economy, which are guaranteed their public ownership status by law, with a private sector mainly engaged in commodity production and light industry responsible from anywhere between 33% to over 70% of GDP generated in 2005. Although there has been a rapid expansion of private-sector activity since the 1980s, privatisation of state assets was virtually halted and were partially reversed in 2005. The current Chinese economy consists of 150 corporatised state-owned enterprises that report directly to China’s central government. By 2008, these state-owned corporations had become increasingly dynamic and generated large increases in revenue for the state, resulting in a state-sector led recovery during the 2009 financial crises while accounting for most of China’s economic growth. However, the Chinese economic model is widely cited as a contemporary form of state capitalism, the major difference between Western capitalism and the Chinese model being the degree of state-ownership of shares in publicly listed corporations.

The Socialist Republic of Vietnam has adopted a similar model after the Doi Moi economic renovation, but slightly differs from the Chinese model in that the Vietnamese government retains firm control over the state sector and strategic industries, but allows for private-sector activity in commodity production.

POLITICS

The major socialist political movements are described below. Independent socialist theorists, utopian socialist authors and academic supporters of socialism may not be represented in these movements. Some political groups have called themselves socialist while holding views that some consider antithetical to socialism. The term “socialist” has also been used by some politicians on the political right as an epithet against certain individuals who do not consider themselves to be socialists and against policies that are not considered socialist by their proponents.

There are many variations of socialism and as such there is no single definition encapsulating all of socialism. However, there have been common elements identified by scholars.[362] In his Dictionary of Socialism (1924), Angelo S. Rappoport analysed forty definitions of socialism to conclude that common elements of socialism include: general criticisms of the social effects of private ownership and control of capital—as being the cause of poverty, low wages, unemployment, economic and social inequality and a lack of economic security; a general view that the solution to these problems is a form of collective control over the means of production, distribution and exchange (the degree and means of control vary amongst socialist movements); an agreement that the outcome of this collective control should be a society based upon social justice, including social equality, economic protection of people and should provide a more satisfying life for most people.[363] In The Concepts of Socialism(1975), Bhikhu Parekh identifies four core principles of socialism and particularly socialist society: sociality, social responsibility, cooperation and planning.[364] In his study Ideologies and Political Theory (1996), Michael Freeden states that all socialists share five themes: the first is that socialism posits that society is more than a mere collection of individuals; second, that it considers human welfare a desirable objective; third, that it considers humans by nature to be active and productive; fourth, it holds the belief of human equality; and fifth, that history is progressive and will create positive change on the condition that humans work to achieve such change.[364]

Anarchism

Main article: Anarchism

Anarchism is a political philosophy that advocates stateless societies often defined as self-governed voluntary institutions,[365][366][367][368] but that several authors have defined as more specific institutions based on non-hierarchicalfree associations.[369][370][371][372] Anarchism holds the state to be undesirable, unnecessary or harmful.[373][374] While anti-statism is central, some argue[375] that anarchism entails opposing authority or hierarchical organisation in the conduct of human relations including, but not limited to, the state system.[369][376][377][378][379][380][381] Mutualists advocate market socialism, collectivist anarchists workers cooperatives and salaries based on the amount of time contributed to production, anarcho-communists advocate a direct transition from capitalism to libertarian communism and a gift economy and anarcho-syndicalists worker’s direct action and the general strike.

Democratic socialism

Main article: Democratic socialism

Modern democratic socialism is a broad political movement that seeks to promote the ideals of socialism within the context of a democratic system. Some democratic socialists support social democracy as a temporary measure to reform the current system while others reject reformism in favour of more revolutionary methods. Modern social democracy emphasises a program of gradual legislative modification of capitalism in order to make it more equitable and humane, while the theoretical end goal of building a socialist society is either completely forgotten or redefined in a pro-capitalist way. The two movements are widely similar both in terminology and in ideology, although there are a few key differences.

The major difference between social democracy and democratic socialism is the object of their politics: contemporary social democrats support a welfare state and unemployment insurance as a means to “humanise” capitalism, whereas democratic socialists seek to replace capitalism with a socialist economic system, arguing that any attempt to “humanise” capitalism through regulations and welfare policies would distort the market and create economic contradictions.[382]

Democratic socialism generally refers to any political movement that seeks to establish an economy based on economic democracy by and for the working class. Democratic socialism is difficult to define and groups of scholars have radically different definitions for the term. Some definitions simply refer to all forms of socialism that follow an electoral, reformistor evolutionary path to socialism rather than a revolutionary one.[383]

You can’t talk about ending the slums without first saying profit must be taken out of slums. You’re really tampering and getting on dangerous ground because you are messing with folk then. You are messing with captains of industry. Now this means that we are treading in difficult water, because it really means that we are saying that something is wrong with capitalism. There must be a better distribution of wealth, and maybe America must move toward a democratic socialism.

— Martin Luther King, Jr., 1966[384][385][386]

Leninism and precedents

Main articles: Blanquism and Marxism–Leninism

Blanquism refers to a conception of revolution generally attributed to Louis Auguste Blanqui which holds that socialist revolution should be carried out by a relatively small group of highly organised and secretive conspirators.[387] Having seized power, the revolutionaries would then use the power of the state to introduce socialism. It is considered a particular sort of “putschism”—that is, the view that political revolution should take the form of a putsch or coup d’état.[388] Rosa Luxemburg and Eduard Bernstein[389] have criticised Vladimir Lenin that his conception of revolution was elitist and essentially Blanquist.[390] Marxism–Leninism is a political ideology combining Marxism (the scientific socialist concepts theorised by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels) and Leninism (Lenin’s theoretical expansions of Marxism which include anti-imperialism, democratic centralism and party-building principles).[391] Marxism–Leninism was the official ideology of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union and of the Communist International (1919–1943) and later it became the main guiding ideology for Trotskyists, Maoists and Stalinists.

Libertarian socialism

Main article: Libertarian socialism

The first anarchist journal to use the term “libertarian” was Le Libertaire, Journal du Mouvement Social and it was published in New York City between 1858 and 1861 by French anarcho-communistJoseph Déjacque,[392] the first recorded person to describe himself as “libertarian”[393]

Libertarian socialism (sometimes called social anarchism,[394][395] left-libertarianism[396][397]and socialist libertarianism)[398] is a group of anti-authoritarian[399] political philosophies inside the socialist movement that rejects socialism as centralised state ownership and control of the economy[400] including criticism of wage labour relationships within the workplace,[401] as well as the state itself.[402] It emphasises workers’ self-management of the workplace[402] and decentralised structures of political organisation,[403] asserting that a society based on freedom and equality can be achieved through abolishing authoritarian institutions that control certain means of production and subordinate the majority to an owning class or political and economic elite.[404] Libertarian socialists generally place their hopes in decentralised means of direct democracy and federal or confederal associations such as libertarian municipalism, citizens’ assemblies, trade unions, and workers’ councils.[405][406] Relatedly, anarcho-syndicalist Gaston Leval explained: “We therefore foresee a Society in which all activities will be coordinated, a structure that has, at the same time, sufficient flexibility to permit the greatest possible autonomy for social life, or for the life of each enterprise, and enough cohesiveness to prevent all disorder…In a well-organized society, all of these things must be systematically accomplished by means of parallel federations, vertically united at the highest levels, constituting one vast organism in which all economic functions will be performed in solidarity with all others and that will permanently preserve the necessary cohesion”. All of this is generally done within a general call for libertarian[407] and voluntary human relationships[408] through the identification, criticism and practical dismantling of illegitimate authority in all aspects of human life.[413] As such, libertarian socialism within the larger socialist movement seeks to distinguish itself both from Leninism/Bolshevism and from social democracy.[414]

Past and present political philosophies and movements commonly described as libertarian socialist include anarchism(especially anarchist communism, anarchist collectivism, anarcho-syndicalism[415] and mutualism)[416] as well as autonomism, Communalism, participism, revolutionary syndicalism and libertarian Marxist philosophies such as council communism and Luxemburgism;[417] as well as some versions of utopian socialism[418] and individualist anarchism.[419][420][421]

Religious socialism

Main article: Religious socialism

Christian socialism is a broad concept involving an intertwining of the Christian religion with the politics and economic theories of socialism.

Islamic socialism is a term coined by various Muslim leaders to describe a more spiritual form of socialism. Muslim socialists believe that the teachings of the Qur’an and Muhammad are compatible with principles of equality and public ownership drawing inspiration from the early Medina welfare state established by Muhammad. Muslim socialists are more conservative than their western contemporaries and find their roots in anti-imperialism, anti-colonialism and Arab nationalism. Islamic socialist leaders believe in democracy and deriving legitimacy from public mandate as opposed to religious texts.

Social democracy and liberal socialism

Main articles: Social democracy and Liberal socialism

Social democracy is a political ideology which “is derived from a socialist tradition of political thought. Many social democrats refer to themselves as socialists or democratic socialists, and some, for example Tony Blair, use or have used these terms interchangeably.[422][423][424] Others have opined that there are clear differences between the three terms, and preferred to describe their own political beliefs by using the term ‘social democracy’ only”.[425] There are two main directions, either to establish democratic socialism, or to build a welfare state within the framework of the capitalist system. The first variant has officially its goal by establishing democratic socialism through reformist and gradualistmethods.[426] In the second variant, social democracy becomes a policy regime involving a welfare state, collective bargaining schemes, support for publicly financed public services and a capitalist-based economy like a mixed economy. It is often used in this manner to refer to the social models and economic policies prominent in Western and Northern Europe during the later half of the 20th century.[427][428] It has been described by Jerry Mander as “hybrid” economics, an active collaboration of capitalist and socialist visions and while such systems are not perfect they tend to provide high standards of living.[429] Numerous studies and surveys indicate that people tend to live happier lives in social democratic societies rather than neoliberal ones.[430][431][432][433]

Eduard Bernstein

Social democrats supporting the first variant advocate for a peaceful, evolutionary transition of the economy to socialism through progressive social reform of capitalism.[434][435] It asserts that the only acceptable constitutional form of government is representative democracy under the rule of law.[436] It promotes extending democratic decision-making beyond political democracy to include economic democracy to guarantee employees and other economic stakeholders sufficient rights of co-determination.[436] It supports a mixed economy that opposes the excesses of capitalism such as inequality, poverty and oppression of various groups, while rejecting both a totally free market or a fully planned economy.[437] Common social democratic policies include advocacy of universal social rights to attain universally accessible public services such as education, health care, workers’ compensation and other services, including child care and care for the elderly.[438] Social democracy is connected with the trade union labour movement and supports collective bargaining rights for workers.[439] Most social democratic parties are affiliated with the Socialist International.[426]

Liberal socialism is a socialist political philosophy that includes liberal principles within it.[440] Liberal socialism does not have the goal of abolishing capitalism with a socialist economy,[441] instead it supports a mixed economy that includes both public and private property in capital goods.[442][443] Although liberal socialism unequivocally favors a mixed market economy, it identifies legalistic and artificial monopolies to be the fault of capitalism[444] and opposes an entirely unregulated economy.[445] It considers both liberty and equality to be compatible and mutually dependent on each other.[440] Principles that can be described as “liberal socialist” have been based upon or developed by the following philosophers: John Stuart Mill, Eduard Bernstein, John Dewey, Carlo Rosselli, Norberto Bobbio and Chantal Mouffe.[446]Other important liberal socialist figures include Guido Calogero, Piero Gobetti, Leonard Trelawny Hobhouse, John Maynard Keynes and R. H. Tawney.[445] Liberal socialism has been particularly prominent in British and Italian politics.[445]

Socialism and modern progressive social movements

Further information: Socialist feminism, Socialism and LGBT rights, Eco-socialism, Anarcha-feminism, Green anarchism, and Queer anarchism

Socialist feminist Clara Zetkinand Rosa Luxemburg in 1910

Socialist feminism is a branch of feminism that focuses upon both the public and private spheres of a woman’s life and argues that liberation can only be achieved by working to end both the economic and cultural sources of women’s oppression.[447] Marxist feminism’s foundation is laid by Friedrich Engels in his analysis of gender oppression in The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State (1884). August Bebel’s Woman under Socialism (1879), the “single work dealing with sexuality most widely read by rank-and-file members of the Social Democratic Party of Germany (SPD)”.[448] In the late 19th and early 20th centuries, both Clara Zetkin and Eleanor Marx were against the demonisation of men and supported a proletariatrevolution that would overcome as many male-female inequalities as possible.[449] As their movement already had the most radical demands in women’s equality, most Marxist leaders, including Clara Zetkin[450][451] and Alexandra Kollontai,[452][453] counterposed Marxism against liberal feminism rather than trying to combine them. Anarcha-feminism began with late 19th and early 20th century authors and theorists such as anarchist feminists Emma Goldman and Voltairine de Cleyre[454] In the Spanish Civil War, an anarcha-feminist group, Mujeres Libres (“Free Women”) linked to the Federación Anarquista Ibérica, organised to defend both anarchist and feminist ideas.[455] In 1972, the Chicago Women’s Liberation Union published “Socialist Feminism: A Strategy for the Women’s Movement”, which is believed to be the first to use the term “socialist feminism” in publication.[456]

Edward Carpenter, philosopher and activist who was instrumental in the foundation of the Fabian Society and the Labour Partyas well as in the early LGBTIwestern movements

Many socialists were early advocates for LGBT rights. For early socialist Charles Fourier, true freedom could only occur without suppressing passions, as the suppression of passions is not only destructive to the individual, but to society as a whole. Writing before the advent of the term “homosexuality”, Fourier recognised that both men and women have a wide range of sexual needs and preferences which may change throughout their lives, including same-sex sexuality and androgénité. He argued that all sexual expressions should be enjoyed as long as people are not abused and that “affirming one’s difference” can actually enhance social integration.[457] In Oscar Wilde’s The Soul of Man Under Socialism, he passionately advocates for an egalitarian society where wealth is shared by all, while warning of the dangers of social systems that crush individuality. Wilde’s libertarian socialist politics were shared by other figures who actively campaigned for homosexual emancipation in the late 19th century such as Edward Carpenter.[458] The Intermediate Sex: A Study of Some Transitional Types of Men and Women was a book from 1908 and an early work arguing for gay liberation written by Edward Carpenter[459] who was also an influential personality in the foundation of the Fabian Societyand the Labour Party. After the Russian Revolution under the leadership of Vladimir Lenin and Leon Trotsky, the Soviet Union abolished previous laws against homosexuality.[460] Harry Haywas an early leader in the American LGBT rights movement as well as a member of the Communist Party USA. He is known for his roles in helping to found several gay organisations, including the Mattachine Society, the first sustained gay rights group in the United States which in its early days had a strong marxist influence. The Encyclopedia of Homosexualityreports that “[a]s Marxists the founders of the group believed that the injustice and oppression which they suffered stemmed from relationships deeply embedded in the structure of American society”.[461] Also emerging from a number of events, such as the May 1968 insurrection in France, the anti-Vietnam war movement in the United States and the Stonewall riots of 1969, militant gay liberation organisations began to spring up around the world. Many saw their roots in left radicalism more than in the established homophile groups of the time,[462] though the Gay Liberation Front took an anti-capitalist stance and attacked the nuclear family and traditional gender roles.[463]

Eco-socialism, green socialism or socialist ecology is a political position merging aspects of Marxism, socialism and/or libertarian socialism with that of green politics, ecology and alter-globalisation. Eco-socialists generally believe that the expansion of the capitalist system is the cause of social exclusion, poverty, war and environmental degradation through globalisation and imperialism, under the supervision of repressive states and transnational structures.[464] Contrary to the depiction of Karl Marx by some environmentalists,[465] social ecologists[466] and fellow socialists[467] as a productivist who favoured the domination of nature, eco-socialists have revisited Marx’s writings and believe that he “was a main originator of the ecological world-view”.[468] Eco-socialist authors, like John Bellamy Foster[469] and Paul Burkett,[470] point to Marx’s discussion of a “metabolic rift” between man and nature, his statement that “private ownership of the globe by single individuals will appear quite absurd as private ownership of one man by another” and his observation that a society must “hand it [the planet] down to succeeding generations in an improved condition”.[471] The English socialist William Morris is largely credited with developing key principles of what was later called eco-socialism.[472] During the 1880s and 1890s, Morris promoted his eco-socialist ideas within the Social Democratic Federation and Socialist League.[473] Green anarchism, or ecoanarchism, is a school of thought within anarchism which puts a particular emphasis on environmental issues. An important early influence was the thought of the American anarchist Henry David Thoreau and his book Walden[474] and Élisée Reclus.[475][476]

In the late 19th century, there emerged anarcho-naturism as the fusion of anarchism and naturist philosophies within individualist anarchist circles in France, Spain, Cuba[477] and Portugal.[478] Social ecology is closely related to the work and ideas of Murray Bookchin and influenced by anarchist Peter Kropotkin. Bookchin’s first book, Our Synthetic Environment,was published under the pseudonym Lewis Herber in 1962, a few months before Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring.[479] His groundbreaking essay “Ecology and Revolutionary Thought” introduced ecology as a concept in radical politics.[480] In the 1970s, Barry Commoner, suggesting a left-wing response to the Limits to Growth model that predicted catastrophic resource depletion and spurred environmentalism, postulated that capitalist technologies were chiefly responsible for environmental degradation as opposed to population pressures.[481] The 1990s saw the socialist feminists Mary Mellor[482]and Ariel Salleh[483] address environmental issues within an eco-socialist paradigm. With the rising profile of the anti-globalisation movement in the Global South, an “environmentalism of the poor” combining ecological awareness and social justice has also become prominent.[484] In 1994, David Pepper also released his important work, Ecosocialism: From Deep Ecology to Social Justice, which critiques the current approach of many within green politics, particularly deep ecologists.[485] Currently, many green parties around the world, such as the Dutch Green Left Party (GroenLinks), contain strong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

SYNDICALISM

trong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

Syndicalism

Main article: Syndicalism

Syndicalism is a social movement that operates through industrial trade unions and rejects state socialism and the use of establishment politics to establish or promote socialism. They reject using state power to construct a socialist society, favouring strategies such as the general strike. Syndicalists advocate a socialist economy based on federated unions or syndicates of workers who own and manage the means of production. Some Marxist currents advocate syndicalism, such as DeLeonism. Anarcho-syndicalism is a theory of anarchism which views syndicalism as a method for workers in capitalist society to gain control of an economy and with that control influence broader society. The Spanish Revolutionlargely orchestrated by the anarcho-syndicalist trade union CNT during the Spanish Civil War offers an historical example.[486] The International Workers’ Association is an international federation of anarcho-syndicalist labour unions and initiatives.

Criticism

Main article: Criticism of socialism

See also

Book: Socialism

List of anti-capitalist and communist parties with national parliamentary representation

List of communist ideologies

List of socialist countries

List of socialist economists

List of socialist songs

Socialism by country

.

..ARISTOCRACY/NOBILITY/MONARCHS..

ARISTOCRACY/NOBILITY/MONARCHS/

Aristocracy (Greek ἀριστοκρατία aristokratía, from ἄριστος aristos “excellent”, and κράτος, kratos ‘rule’) is a form of government that places strength in the hands of a small, privileged ruling class. The term derives from the Greek aristokratia, meaning “rule of the best-born”. Aristocracy is a type of government, the term is synonymous with hereditary government, and hereditary succession is its primary philosophy, after which the hereditary monarch appoints officers as they see fit. At the time of the word’s origins in ancient Greece, the Greeks conceived it as rule by the best qualified citizens—and often contrasted it favourably with monarchy, rule by an individual. In later times, Aristocracy was usually seen as rule by a privileged group, the aristocratic class, and has since been contrasted with democracy. The idea of hybrid forms which have aspects of both aristocracy and democracy are in use in the parliament form.

CONCEPT

The concept evolved in Ancient Greece, whereby a council of leading citizens was commonly empowered and contrasted with representative democracy, in which a council of citizens was appointed as the “senate” of a city state or other political unit. The Greeks did not like the concept of monarchy, and as their democratic system fell, aristocracy was upheld.[1] In the 1651 book Leviathan, Thomas Hobbes describes an aristocracy as a commonwealth in which the representative of the citizens is an assembly by part only. It is a system in which only a small part of the population represents the government; “certain men distinguished from the rest”.[3] Modern depictions of aristocracy tend to regard it not as the ancient Greek concept of rule by the best, but more as an oligarchy or plutocracy—rule by the few or the wealthy.[citation needed]

The concept of aristocracy per Plato, has an ideal state ruled by the philosopher king. Plato describes these “philosopher kings” as “those who love the sight of truth” (Republic 475c) and supports the idea with the analogy of a captain and his ship or a doctor and his medicine. According to him, sailing and health are not things that everyone is qualified to practice by nature. A large part of the Republic then addresses how the educational system should be set up to produce these philosopher kings.

 

SEE ALSO:

• Caliphate
• Elitism
• Gentry
• Nobility
• Old money
• Timocracy
• Tyranny

REFERENCES:

“Aristocracy”. Oxford English Dictionary. December 1989. Archived from the original on June 29, 2011. Retrieved December 22, 2009.
A Greek–English Lexicon, Henry George Liddell, Robert Scott, Henry Stuart Jones, Roderick McKenzie (editors). “ἀριστο-κρᾰτία, ἡ, A, rule of the best-born, aristocracy, ἀ. σώφρων Th.3.82, cf. Henioch.5.17, Isyll.1, etc.; rule of the rich, Pl.Plt.301a. II ideal constitution, rule of the best, Arist. Pol.1293b1 sqq., EN1160a33, Pl.Mx.238c, 238d, Plb.6.4.3.”

http://logeion.uchicago.edu/%E1%BC%80%CF%81%CE%B9%CF%83%CF%84%CE%BF%CE%BA%CF%81%CE%B1%CF%84%CE%AF%CE%B1

Thomas Hobbes (1 January 2010). Leviathan. Digireads.com Publishing. p. 81. ISBN 978-1-4209-3699-5.
FURTHER READING

Wikiquote has quotations related to: Aristocracy
History, John Cannon (Editor), Oxford University Press, 1997, ISBN 978-0-19-866176-4
Aristocracy in the Modern World, Ellis Wasson, Palgrave Macmillan, 2006.

MONARCHY

A Monarchy is a form of government in which a single person holds supreme authority in ruling a country, also performing ceremonial duties and embodying the country’s national identity. Although some monarchs are elected, in most cases, the monarch’s position is inherited and lasts until death or abdication. In these cases, the royal family or members of the dynasty usually serve in official capacities as well. The governing power of the Monarch may vary from purely symbolic (crowned republic), to partial and restricted (constitutional monarchy), to completely autocratic (Absolute Monarchy).

Richard I of England being anointed during his coronation in Westminster Abbey, from a 13th-century chronicle.
Monarchy was the most common form of government until the 20th century. Forty-five sovereign nations in the world have monarchs acting as heads of state, sixteen of which are Commonwealth realms that recognise Queen Elizabeth II as their head of state. Most modern monarchs are constitutional monarchs, who retain a unique legal and ceremonial role, but exercise limited or no political power under the nation’s constitution. In some nations, however, such as Brunei, Morocco, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Eswatini, the Hereditary Monarch has more political influence than any other single source of authority in the nation, either by tradition or by a constitutional mandate.
NOBILITY

Nobility is a social class normally ranked immediately under royalty and found in some societies that have a formal aristocracy. Nobility possesses more acknowledged privileges and higher social status than most other classes in society. The privileges associated with nobility may constitute substantial advantages over or relative to non-nobles, or may be largely honorary (e.g., precedence), and vary by country and era. As referred to in the Medieval chivalric motto “noblesse oblige” (“nobility obliges”), nobles can also carry a lifelong duty to uphold various social responsibilities, such as honorable behavior, customary service,[clarification needed] or leadership positions. Membership in the nobility, including rights and responsibilities, is typically hereditary.

Membership in the nobility has historically been granted by a monarch or government, unlike other social classes where membership is determined by solely wealth, lifestyle, or affiliation. Nonetheless, acquisition of sufficient power, wealth, military prowess, or royal favour has occasionally enabled commoners to ascend into the nobility.

There are often a variety of ranks within the noble class. Legal recognition of nobility has been more common in monarchies, but nobility also existed in such regimes as the Dutch Republic (1581–1795), the Republic of Genoa (1005–1815), the Republic of Venice (697–1797), and the Old Swiss Confederacy (1300–1798), and remains part of the legal social structure of some non-hereditary regimes, e.g., Channel Islands, San Marino, and the Vatican City in Europe.

Hereditary titles and styles added to names (such as “Prince” or “Lord” or “Lady”), as well as honorifics often distinguish nobles from non-nobles in conversation and written speech. In many nations most of the nobility have been un-titled, and some hereditary titles do not indicate nobility (e.g., vidame). Some countries have had non-hereditary nobility, such as the Empire of Brazil or life peers in the United Kingdom.

The term derives from Latin nobilitas, the abstract noun of the adjective nobilis (“well-known, famous, notable”). In ancient Roman society, nobiles originated as an informal designation for the political governing class who had allied interests, including both patricians and plebeian families (gentes) with an ancestor who had risen to the consulship through his own merit (see novus homo, “new man”).

In modern usage, “nobility” is applied to the highest social class in pre-modern societies, excepting the ruling dynasty.
In the feudal system (in Europe and elsewhere), the nobility were generally those who held a fief, often land or office, under vassalage, i.e., in exchange for allegiance and various, mainly military, services to a suzerain, who might be a higher-ranking nobleman or a monarch. It rapidly came to be seen as a hereditary caste, sometimes associated with a right to bear a hereditary title and, for example in pre-revolutionary France, enjoying fiscal and other privileges.

While noble status formerly conferred significant privileges in most jurisdictions, by the 21st century it had become a largely honorary dignity in most societies, although a few, residual privileges may still be preserved legally (e.g., Netherlands, Spain, UK) and some Asian, Pacific and African cultures continue to attach considerable significance to formal hereditary rank or titles. (Compare the entrenched position and leadership expectations of the nobility of the Kingdom of Tonga.)

Nobility is a historical, social and often legal notion, differing from high socio-economic status in that the latter is mainly based on income, possessions or lifestyle. Being wealthy or influential cannot ipso facto make one noble, nor are all nobles wealthy or influential (aristocratic families have lost their fortunes in various ways, and the concept of the ‘poor nobleman’ is almost as old as nobility itself).

Various republics, including former Iron Curtain countries, Greece, Mexico, and Austria have expressly abolished the conferral and use of titles of nobility for their citizens. This is distinct from countries which have not abolished the right to inherit titles, but which do not grant legal recognition or protection to them, such as Germany and Italy, although Germany recognizes their use as part of the legal surname. Still other countries and authorities allow their use, but forbid attachment of any privilege thereto, e.g., Finland, Norway and the European Union, while French law also protects lawful titles against usurpation.

Although many societies have a privileged upper class with substantial wealth and power, the status is not necessarily hereditary and does not entail a distinct legal status, nor differentiated forms of address.
Not all of the benefits of nobility derived from noble status per se. Usually privileges were granted or recognised by the monarch in association with possession of a specific title, office or estate. Most nobles’ wealth derived from one or more estates, large or small, that might include fields, pasture, orchards, timberland, hunting grounds, streams, etc.
It also included infrastructure such as castle, well and mill to which local peasants were allowed some access, although often at a price. Nobles were expected to live “nobly”, that is, from the proceeds of these possessions. Work involving manual labour or subordination to those of lower rank (with specific exceptions, such as in military or ecclesiastic service) was either forbidden (as derogation from noble status) or frowned upon socially. On the other hand, membership in the nobility was usually a prerequisite for holding offices of trust in the realm and for career promotion, especially in the military, at court and often the higher functions in the government, judiciary and church.

Prior to the French Revolution, European nobles typically commanded tribute in the form of entitlement to cash rents or usage taxes, labour or a portion of the annual crop yield from commoners or nobles of lower rank who lived or worked on the noble’s manor or within his seigneurial domain. In some countries, the local lord could impose restrictions on such a commoner’s movements, religion or legal undertakings. Nobles exclusively enjoyed the privilege of hunting. In France, nobles were exempt from paying the taille, the major direct tax. Peasants were not only bound to the nobility by dues and services, but the exercise of their rights was often also subject to the jurisdiction of courts and police from whose authority the actions of nobles were entirely or partially exempt. In some parts of Europe the right of private war long remained the privilege of every noble.

During the early Renaissance, duelling established the status of a respectable gentleman, and was an accepted manner of resolving disputes.

Since the end of World War I the hereditary nobility entitled to special rights has largely been abolished in the Western World as intrinsically discriminatory, and discredited as inferior in efficiency to individual meritocracy in the allocation of societal resources. Nobility came to be associated with social rather than legal privilege, expressed in a general expectation of deference from those of lower rank. By the 21st century even that deference had become increasingly minimised.

ENNOBLEMENT

(Hungarian hussar troops set up by the Hungarian nobility, during the Austro–Turkish War of 1787–1791).

In France, a seigneurie (lordship) might include one or more manors surrounded by land and villages subject to a noble’s prerogatives and disposition. Seigneuries could be bought, sold or mortgaged. If erected by the crown into, e.g., a barony or countship, it became legally entailed for a specific family, which could use it as their title. Yet most French nobles were untitled (“seigneur of Montagne” simply meant ownership of that lordship but not, if one was not otherwise noble, the right to use a title of nobility, as commoners often purchased lordships). Only a member of the nobility who owned a countship was allowed, ipso facto, to style himself as its comte, although this restriction came to be increasingly ignored as the ancien régime drew to its close.

In other parts of Europe, sovereign rulers arrogated to themselves the exclusive prerogative to act as fons honorum within their realms. For example, in the United Kingdom royal letters patent are necessary to obtain a title of the peerage, which also carries nobility and formerly a seat in the House of Lords, but never came without automatic entail of land nor rights to the local peasants’ output.
RANK WITHIN THE NOBILITY

Nobility might be either inherited or conferred by a fons honorum. It is usually an acknowledged preeminence that is hereditary, i.e. the status descends exclusively to some or all of the legitimate, and usually male-line, descendants of a nobleman. In this respect, the nobility as a class has always been much more extensive than the primogeniture-based titled nobility, which included peerages in France and in the United Kingdom, grandezas in Portugal and Spain, and some noble titles in Belgium, Italy, the Netherlands, Prussia and Scandinavia. In Russia, Scandinavia and non-Prussian Germany, titles usually descended to all male-line descendants of the original titleholder, including females. In Spain, noble titles are now equally heritable by females and males. Noble estates, on the other hand, gradually came to descend by primogeniture in much of western Europe aside from Germany. In Eastern Europe, by contrast, with the exception of a few Hungarian estates, they usually descended to all sons or even all children[8]

In France, some wealthy bourgeois, most particularly the members of the various parlements, were ennobled by the king, constituting the noblesse de robe. The old nobility of landed or knightly origin, the noblesse d’épée, increasingly resented the influence and pretensions of this parvenu nobility. In the last years of the ancien régime the old nobility pushed for restrictions of certain offices and orders of chivalry to noblemen who could demonstrate that their lineage had extended “quarterings”, i.e. several generations of noble ancestry, to be eligible for offices and favors at court along with nobles of medieval descent, although historians such as William Doyle have disputed this so-called “Aristocratic Reaction”.[9] Various court and military positions were reserved by tradition for nobles who could “prove” an ancestry of at least seize quartiers (16 quarterings), indicating exclusively noble descent (as displayed, ideally, in the family’s coat of arms) extending back five generations (all 16 great-great grandparents).
Hungarian count Nicholaus Eszterházy of Galántha (1583–1645)

This illustrates the traditional link in many countries between heraldry and nobility; in those countries where heraldry is used, nobles have almost always been armigerous, and have used heraldry to demonstrate their ancestry and family history. However, heraldry has never been restricted to the noble classes in most countries, and being armigerous does not necessarily demonstrate nobility. Scotland, however, is an exception. In a number of recent cases in Scotland the Lord Lyon King of Arms has controversially (vis-à-vis Scotland’s Salic law) granted the arms and allocated the chiefships of medieval noble families to female-line descendants of lords, even when they were not of noble lineage in the male line, while persons of legitimate male-line descent may still survive (e.g. the modern Chiefs of Clan MacLeod).

In some nations, hereditary titles, as distinct from noble rank, were not always recognised in law, e.g., Poland’s Szlachta. European ranks of nobility lower than baron or its equivalent, are commonly referred to as the petty nobility, although baronets of the British Isles are deemed titled gentry. Most nations traditionally had an untitled lower nobility in addition to titled nobles. An example is the landed gentry of the British Isles. Unlike England’s gentry, the Junkers of Germany, the noblesse de robe of France, the hidalgos of Spain and the nobili of Italy were explicitly acknowledged by the monarchs of those countries as members of the nobility, although untitled. In Scandinavia, the Benelux nations and Spain there are still untitled as well as titled families recognised in law as noble.

In Hungary members of the nobility always theoretically enjoyed the same rights. In practice, however, a noble family’s financial assets largely defined its significance. Medieval Hungary’s concept of nobility originated in the notion that nobles were “free men”, eligible to own land. This basic standard explains why the noble population was relatively large, although the economic status of its members varied widely. Untitled nobles were not infrequently wealthier than titled families, while considerable differences in wealth were also to be found within the titled nobility. The custom of granting titles was introduced to Hungary in the 16th century by the House of Habsburg. Historically, once nobility was granted, if a nobleman served the monarch well he might obtain the title of baron, and might later be elevated to the rank of count. As in other countries of post-medieval central Europe, hereditary titles were not attached to a particular land or estate but to the noble family itself, so that all patrilineal descendants shared a title of baron or count (cf. peerage). Neither nobility nor titles could be transmitted through women.

Some con artists sell fake titles of nobility, often with impressive-looking documentation. This may be illegal, depending on local law. They are more often illegal in countries that actually have nobilities, such as European monarchies. In the United States, such commerce may constitute actionable fraud rather than criminal usurpation of an exclusive right to use of any given title by an established class.
OTHER TERMS

“Aristocrat” and aristocracy, in modern usage, refer colloquially and broadly to persons who inherit elevated social status, whether due to membership in the (formerly) official nobility or the monied upper class.

Blue blood is an English idiom recorded since 1834 for noble birth or descent; it is also known as a translation of the Spanish phrase sangre azul, which described the Spanish royal family and other high nobility who claimed to be of Visigothic descent, in contrast to the Moors. The idiom originates from ancient and medieval societies of Europe and distinguishes an upper class (whose superficial veins appeared blue through their untanned skin) from a working class of the time. The latter consisted mainly of agricultural peasants who spent most of their time working outdoors and thus had tanned skin, through which superficial veins appear less prominently.
Robert Lacey explains the genesis of the blue blood concept:

It was the Spaniards who gave the world the notion that an aristocrat’s blood is not red but blue. The Spanish nobility started taking shape around the ninth century in classic military fashion, occupying land as warriors on horseback. They were to continue the process for more than five hundred years, clawing back sections of the peninsula from its Moorish occupiers, and a nobleman demonstrated his pedigree by holding up his sword arm to display the filigree of blue-blooded veins beneath his pale skin—proof that his birth had not been contaminated by the dark-skinned enemy.
EUROPE

European nobility originated in the feudal/seignorial system that arose in Europe during the Middle Ages.[17][18] Originally, knights or nobles were mounted warriors who swore allegiance to their sovereign and promised to fight for him in exchange for an allocation of land (usually together with serfs living thereon). During the period known as the Military Revolution, nobles gradually lost their role in raising and commanding private armies, as many nations created cohesive national armies.
The Battle of Tewkesbury in 1471. Large numbers of English nobility perished in the Wars of the Roses
This was coupled with a loss of the socio-economic power of the nobility, owing to the economic changes of the Renaissance and the growing economic importance of the merchant classes, which increased still further during the Industrial Revolution. In countries where the nobility was the dominant class, the bourgeoisie gradually grew in power; a rich city merchant came to be more influential than a nobleman, and the latter sometimes sought inter-marriage with families of the former to maintain their noble lifestyles.

However, in many countries at this time, the nobility retained substantial political importance and social influence: for instance, the United Kingdom’s government was dominated by the (unusually small) nobility until the middle of the 19th century. Thereafter the powers of the nobility were progressively reduced by legislation. However, until 1999, all hereditary peers were entitled to sit and vote in the House of Lords. Since then, only 92 of them have this entitlement, of whom 90 are elected by the hereditary peers as a whole to represent the peerage.

The countries with the highest proportion of nobles were Castile (probably 10%)[citation needed], Polish–Lithuanian Commonwealth (15% of an 18th-century population of 800,000)[citation needed], Spain (722,000 in 1768 which was 7–8% of the entire population)[citation needed] and other countries with lower percentages, such as Russia in 1760 with 500,000–600,000 nobles (2–3% of the entire population), and pre-revolutionary France where there were no more than 300,000 prior to 1789[citation needed], which was 1% of the population (although some scholars believe this figure is an overestimate). In 1718 Sweden had between 10,000 and 15,000 nobles, which was 0.5% of the population[citation needed]. In Germany 0.01%.[citation needed]

In the Kingdom of Hungary nobles made up 5% of the population.[19] All the nobles in 18th-century Europe numbered perhaps 3–4 million out of a total of 170–190 million inhabitants.[20][21] By contrast, in 1707, when England and Scotland united into Great Britain, there were only 168 English peers, and 154 Scottish ones, though their immediate families were recognised as noble.[22]

Apart from the hierarchy of noble titles, in England rising through baron, viscount, earl, and marquess to duke, many countries had categories at the top or bottom of the nobility. The gentry, relatively small landowners with perhaps one or two villages, were mostly noble in most countries, for example the Polish landed gentry, but not in others, such as the English equivalent. At the top, Poland had a far smaller class of “magnates”, who were hugely rich and politically powerful. In other countries the small groups of Spanish Grandee or Peer of France had great prestige but little additional power.
ASIA

In the Indian Subcontinent during the British Raj, many members of the nobility were elevated to royalty as they became the monarch of their princely states and vice versa as many princely state rulers were reduced to zamindars. Hence, many nobles in the subcontinent had royal titles of Raja, Rai, Rana, Rao, etc. Other noble and aristocratic titles were Thakur, Sardar, Dewan, Pradhan, etc.

For the historical hierarchy of the Indian subcontinent, see princely state.
CHINA

In East Asia the system was often modelled on imperial China, the leading culture. Emperors conferred titles of nobility. Imperial descendants formed the highest class of ancient Chinese nobility, their status based upon the rank of the empress or concubine from which they descend maternally (as emperors were polygamous). Numerous titles such as Taizi (crown prince), and equivalents of “prince” were accorded, and due to complexities in dynastic rules, rules were introduced for Imperial descendants. The titles of the junior princes were gradually lowered in rank by each generation while the senior heir continued to inherit their father’s titles.

It was a custom in China for the new dynasty to ennoble and enfeoff a member of the dynasty which they overthrew with a title of nobility and a fief of land so that they could offer sacrifices to their ancestors, in addition to members of other preceding dynasties.

China had a feudal system in the Shang and Zhou dynasties, which gradually gave way to a more bureaucratic one beginning in the Qin dynasty (221 BC). This continued through the Song dynasty, and by its peak power shifted from nobility to bureaucrats.

This development was gradual and generally only completed in full by the Song dynasty. In the Han dynasty, for example, even though noble titles were no longer given to those other than the Emperor’s relatives, the fact that the process of selecting officials was mostly based on a vouching system by current officials as officials usually vouched for their own sons or those of other officials meant that a de facto aristocracy continued to exist. This process was further deepened during the Three Kingdoms period with the introduction of the Nine-rank system.

By the Sui dynasty, however, the institution of the Imperial examination system marked the transformation of a power shift towards a full bureaucracy, though the process would not be truly completed until the Song dynasty.

Titles of nobility became symbolic along with a stipend while governance of the country shifted to scholar officials.

In the Qing dynasty titles of nobility were still granted by the emperor, but served merely as honorifics based on a loose system of favors to the Qing emperor.

Under a centralized system, the empire’s governance was the responsibility of the Confucian-educated scholar-officials and the local gentry, while the literati were accorded gentry status. For male citizens, advancement in status was possible via garnering the top three positions in imperial examinations.

(The Qing appointed the Ming imperial descendants to the title of Marquis of Extended Grace).

The oldest held continuous noble title in Chinese history was that held by the descendants of Confucius, as Duke Yansheng, which was renamed as the Sacrificial Official to Confucius in 1935 by the Republic of China. The title is held by Kung Tsui-chang. There is also a “Sacrificial Official to Mencius” for a descendant of Mencius, a “Sacrificial Official to Zengzi” for a descendant of Zengzi, and a “Sacrificial Official to Yan Hui” for a descendant of Yan Hui.

The bestowal of titles was abolished upon the establishment of the People’s Republic of China in 1949, as part of a larger effort to remove feudal influences and practises from Chinese society.
ISLAMIC WORLD

In some Islamic countries, there are no definite noble titles (titles of hereditary rulers being distinct from those of hereditary intermediaries between monarchs and commoners). Persons who can trace legitimate descent from Muhammad or the clans of Quraysh, as can members of several present or formerly reigning dynasties, are widely regarded as belonging to the ancient, hereditary Islamic nobility. In some Islamic countries they inherit (through mother or father) hereditary titles, although without any other associated privilege, e.g., variations of the title Sayyid and Sharif. Regarded as more religious than the general population, many people turn to them for clarification or guidance in religious matters.

In Iran, historical titles of the nobility including Mirza, Khan, ed-Dowleh and Shahzada (“Son of a Shah), are now no longer recognised. An aristocratic family is now recognised by their family name, often derived from the post held by their ancestors, considering the fact that family names in Iran only appeared in the beginning of the 20th century. Sultans have been an integral part of Islamic history.

During the Ottoman Empire in the Imperial Court and the provinces there were many Ottoman titles and appellations forming a somewhat unusual and complex system in comparison with the other Islamic countries. The bestowal of noble and aristocratic titles was widespread across the empire even after its fall by independent monarchs. One of the most elaborate examples is that of the Egyptian aristocracy’s largest clan, the Abaza family.
JAPAN

Japanese samurai, 1798
Medieval Japan developed a feudal system similar to the European system, where land was held in exchange for military service. The daimyō class, or hereditary landowning nobles, held great socio-political power. As in Europe, they commanded private armies made up of samurai, an elite warrior class; for long periods, these held the real power without a real central government, and often plunged the country into a state of civil war. The daimyō class can be compared to European peers, and the samurai to European knights, but important differences exist.

Feudal title and rank were abolished during the Meiji Restoration in 1868, and was replaced by the kazoku, a five-rank peerage system after the British example, which granted seats in the upper house of the Imperial Diet; this ended in 1947 following Japan’s defeat in World War II.
PHILIPPINES

(Left to right: Images from the Boxer Codex illustrating ancient Filipino nobility wearing the distinctive colours of their social status: a Visayan noble couple; a Visayan royal couple dressed in colours distinctive of their class (gold or imperial yellow, red and blue), which are also used by royalty in Asia; a native princess; and a Tagalog royal and his consort.)

Like other Southeast Asian countries, many regions in the Philippines have indigenous nobility, partially influenced by Hindu, Chinese, and Islamic custom. Since ancient times, Datu was the common title of a chief or monarch of the many pre-colonial principalities and sovereign dominions throughout the isles; in some areas the term Apo was also used. With the titles Sultan and Rajah, Datu (and its Malay cognate, Datok) are currently used in some parts of the Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia and Brunei. These titles are the rough equivalents of European titles, albeit dependent on the actual wealth and prestige of the bearer.
RECOGNITION BY THE SPANISH CROWN

Upon the islands’ Christianisation, the datus retained governance of their territories despite annexation to the Spanish Empire. In a law signed 11 June 1594, King Philip II of Spain ordered that the indigenous rulers continue to receive the same honours and privileges accorded them prior their conversion to Catholicism. The baptised nobility subsequently coalesced into the exclusive, landed ruling class of the lowlands known as the Principalía.

On 22 March 1697, King Charles II of Spain confirmed the privileges granted by his predecessors (in Title VII, Book VI of the Laws of the Indies) to indigenous nobilities of the Crown colonies, including the Principales of the Philippines, and extended to them and to their descendants the preeminence and honors customarily attributed to the Hidalgos of Castile.
FILIPINO NOBLES DURING THE SPANISH ERA

The Laws of the Indies and other pertinent Royal Decrees were enforced in the Philippines and benefited many indigenous nobles. It can be seen very clearly and irrefutably that, during the colonial period, indigenous chiefs were equated with the Spanish Hidalgos, and the most resounding